Home

YUTAKI SERIES

1. YUTAKI unit Power Pump i supply Ga ON OFF Y contactor E 1 2 3 4 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 5 6 7 8 9 10 19 20 Z30V 230 Non voltage Water h pump Ad IN Du chu Nv 15 See ee Se e Qu Main controller e gt 7 9 se S528 bh on 3 E Remote ON OFF wiring D nN 12 E Sg Q 11 Temperature Q 10 setting Ha 4 20mA Qe Qs Djojojojojojojojojojoja Q7 Alarm ojo ojojojojojojojojojojojo ose Eo Q 5 ojo Remote Power Ele 159 indication M suppl B oo o wiring ato Sa s 2 ojo Q1 ojo ojo B ojo OJ Ep ojo ojojo ojo um el D 47 Electrical wiring connection H ITACH I Electrical wiring Inspire the Next Service Manual 7 NOTE The heater and the 3 way valve are accessories Their codes are EH61 and VID3V1 respectively Refer to chapter 4 for more information The correct electrical wiring connection for the unit is shown below 1 Connect the three phase power supply source wires L1 L2 L3 and N for 400V 50Hz to the terminal board in case of RHUE 5 6 AHN unit a
2. o o o 9 n UI ooo n Ul ooo LL o K d fel Ll o 4 B I e e pies m FOR al L 309 E to a 0 0 gt n TES O CC S 5 TEES O NOTE The digital tester must be able to check semiconductors and continuity Based on the folowing scheme of ISPM with the contactor the reactor capacitors and the resistance follow the next procedures CMC1 DCL ISPM 3 E d P1 RB A 4 E s 2 4 pee etl a4 R201 Q301 Q303 Q305 Set AWW G S iV 48 amp N amp N amp N R215 R216 R2 R202 1 AR 1 AR 1 AR R 1KQ 1KQ 9 5KQ 100KO u l ZD201 S Viene y T T N CT No Power ZD202 Q302 Q304 Q306 o s Vz 22V e a ee el Sunn Th Ag 8 UN A8 a a a eue cs Y uem e A L e Checking the diode module 1 By placing a jumper from P1 to RST or N to RST no continuity and no variation on voltage drop should appear 2 By placing a jumper from P1 to RST or N to RST continuity and variation on voltage drop nearly 0 365 should be displayed and the same value in all cases Not the same value means that the dio
3. o 1 i g g am azn gern avon 6on Oy assn an etn wssn Spare parts Service Manual RHUE 5 6 AHN HITACHI Inspire the Next uopoejug eseug Bursary 1 L Zeien dau asen Assy 200d Z Jojo ue4 104 289d D peog ou Doud asgn AssvvzoOd L 100W ue4104z8Od D pjeog wou Palud osgn Assy 1 009 Sod Ol D D B B D pieog noi pajuud geen Assy 1009 Uew god D D D D L pieog WN pajuud vsen p 1 sopeey gzen l t sopeey azen 1 l sopeey gzen DAUER EECHER jeuuojsuei vean 1 Kl JE l key ny sin l 1 sosisey oun t ised vvun dungjgjopeuoo p p mm L Jopmuog oneu amp ew azin D D D D D D peu oneubew vun slalaialais Jeoeds gen rlrieirlrir Jeoeds yson s s s si s s ap aede zen wast 7 anpow eng zin vsz Wdt dia D D Jee ut
4. SMGBO0066 rev 1 03 2010 248 RHUE 3 6 A V HN Servicing Service Manual 2 screws 1 screw leas HITACHI Service Manual Inspire the Next 9 1 10 Removing the coils for the reversing and solenoid valves 1 Remove the service cover according to the section Removing service cover in this chapter 2 Remove the reversing and solenoids valve coils by removing the screw fixing the coil A WARNING Electrical hazard Risk of electrical shock Do not touch the electrical components when the LED201 Red located on the inverter module is ON in order to avoid electrical shock 3 Remove the connector on the control PCB of the electrical box ON NOTE Remove the connectors on the control PCB of the electrical box Reversing valve coil SMGB0066 rev 1 03 2010 RHUE 3 6 A V HN HITACHI Inspire the Next 9 1 11 Removing electronic expansion valve coils 1 Remove the service cover according to the section Removing service cover A DANGER Electrical hazard Risk of death Check that the LED201 red located on the inverter module is OFF when opening the P mounting plate Do not touch the electrical components when LED201 Red located on the inverter module is ON in order to avoid an electrical shock
5. SE 3 E 6 e 9 Sr ES E 4 ED Orsi E E E E Te DAC Auto f Re E 5 Ebr E SIE IN E LX Manual A Oe 9E P 3 SS Sai mE BIET VIe o V sw IS j Ko WI TB sr V 2 f SN ojej E S ole e oo E E Bst Su a SCH o gt gJE N aA B oo E O oS SO O Lu Lu Lu W bad bad ka ym H I I I I z o 0 19 BH Ki N N N N z 1 1 1 1 Lu W o o E e e e e W e e e e a N e N e S E E 8 amp T I m a a a a No DESCRIPTION Qty Qty Qty Qty REMARKS 1 Side Cover 1 1 1 1 2 Thermometer 1 1 1 1 3 Green LED 1 1 1 1 Power ON 4 Orange LED 1 1 1 1 Automatic ON 5 Red LED 1 1 1 1 Manual ON 6 Relay 1 1 1 1 220 240 VAC 7 Bipolar Switch 1 1 1 1 Switch Auto Manual 8 Thermostat 1 1 1 1 9 External Covering 1 1 10 External Covering a 1 11 Side Mouth Seal 1 1 12 Side Mouth Seal 1 1 13 Anode Load Meter 1 1 14 Panel Control KIT 1 1 1 1 E Box Assembly 15 Upper Side KIT 1 Assembly 16 Upper Side KIT 1 Assembly 17 Upper Side KIT 1 Assembly 18 Upper Side KIT 1 Assembly 19 Magnesium anodes KIT 1 Assembly 20 Electric Heater 1 1 21 Electric Heater 1 1 22 Water Sensor Yutaki 1 1 1 1 23 Water Sensor AquaFree 1 1 1 1 24 Magnesium anodes KIT 1 25 Upper Mouth Seal 1 1 SMGBO0066 rev 1 03 2010 Spare parts of Yutaki 237 H ITACH Spare parts Inspire the
6. CAE To pump Only for TOP S 25 10 Model Protection type Cut out Connection terminals PLE DUE IER iQ LIN TOP S 25 7 Auto reset C O PA ial m PE L N 1 230 V 50 Hz IIWSK Q LIN l TOP S 25 10 Manual reset O C OO Us d WSK PE LN SMGB0066 rev 1 03 2010 Accessories electrical installation 54 Electrical wiring HITACHI Service Manual Inspire the Next ON NOTE The generic pump must be connected to terminals 17 and 18 in the terminal board TB2 Terminals 17 and 18 were designed for 230V 3A Take it into account when installing the pump An external relay might be necessary Do not install a pump with more than 3A consumption Earth screw terminal is used for both pump and power supply wiring connection Install a pump accordingly to the necessary supply water delivery Hitachi recomends the use of accessory pump kits A or B For TOP S 25 10 connect wires from WSK to terminal 2 and 16 in the terminal board TB2 Follow the procedure described in water pipe installation to assemble the pump kit Remove the front cover according to the procedures described in main parts A CAUTION Contamination Risk of poisoning The pumps must not be used for drinking water or food stuffs El
7. Y Yes Is alarm activated just No after compressor running g Replace PCB Y Yes Is high pressure switch 63H activated No e Replace High Pressure Is Pd reached Switch 63H activated value Y Yes Is securely connected CN202 on PCB3 4 and No Wiring Check and Repair CN15 Disconnecting Wiring Error CN14 on PCB1 Y Yes Is securely connected No Wiring Check and Repair CN4 on PCB1 and High Disconnecting Wiring Error Pressure sensor Y Yes Are High Pressure and Low COOLING Presure shown in segment iis P Clogging of air side heat exchanger as Pd and Ps coincident during compressor stop o ool Check of high pressure No gt Cycle check lt HEATING gt gt Shortage of Water c Pump reverse rotation c Air mixed A Li Expansion valve malfunction I Water stain in water side heat exchanger p Clogging of Water Strainer Is High Pressure Sensor Output character and Yes Low Pressure Sensor display g Babes ROR value Ps proper during compressor Stop Y No Is the voltage between No a Eeler VCC12 and GND1 12V on P PCB1 Yes Replace High Pressure gt Sensor OH NOTE Incase that the low pressure is higher than 2 2 MPa segment shows 2 2 MPa In this case connect a pressure gauge to high pressure check joint check the pressure shown in the gauge SMGB0066 rev 1 03 2010 Tro
8. EE 17 LP PE Uc Doe gro ox 17 1 1 2 COMO of gravily EE 18 1 1 3 Installation SPACE E 19 1 1 4 Place ge EE 20 UMSO APERIT 22 1 2 ee ET e EE 27 121 PUMP EE 27 1 2 2 WEH Water Electric Heater rinia ik Rainis naia SiE REneESS 28 1 2 3 DHWT Domestic Hot Water Tank 30 SMGB0066 rev 1 03 2010 Contents 15 HITACHI Unit installation Inspire the Next Service Manual A DANGER Electrical hazard Risk of death Before gaining access to terminals or performing any maintenance operation turn OFF all power switches and disconnect all supply circuits Check that the LED201 red located on the DIP IPM is OFF Do not touch the electrical components when LED201 Red is ON in order to avoid an electrical shock Do not touch the electrical components of the PCB directly A WARNING Damage by water Electrical hazard Install the unit indoors to prevent water contact The water proof class is IPXO Install the unit where no high level of oil mist salty air or sulphurous atmosphere exists Attach a water proof cover in order to prevent water getting into the unit when installing Risk of explosion A fire may occur Use of inflammable agent may cause explosion or fire For cleaning opera
9. connected No Wiring check Repair CN9 CN1 Breaking of wire wrong CN5 CN2 wiring PCB1 PCB2 CN6 CN3 CN2 CN4 Y Yes Pull out connector and measure thermistor No resistance Is resistance correct Yes Replace thermistor Check PCB2 SMGB0066 rev 1 03 2010 Troubleshooting procedure 183 HITACHI Inspire the Next Troubleshooting Service Manual Alarm code Description y Lt LUZ I1 Excessively low suction gas temperature The alarm code is displayed on the PCB s display The compressor stops and restarts automatically in 3 minutes The alarm appears after 3 retries during 30 minutes This alarm code is displayed when the suction gas temperature Ts is lower than 5 C during 10 seconds Only cooling operation PCB monitoring position PCB2 CN11 Retry code P 06 on the PCB2 and suction Are the connector CN11 No gas temperature thermistor correctly connected Y Yes Measure the temperature of the position where the suction gas thermistor attached by surface Yes thermometer Is the temperature measured and shown in segment proper No y Are the connectors between PCB1 and PCB2 correctly connected CN9 CN1 No Wiring check and repair gt Check the water flow rate
10. Spare parts Electrical parts RHUE 3 6 AVHN Service Manual 8 1 2 Assy 11009 89d O I L L L L pueog WO peuug geen Assy L009 ureW 89d L L L L pueog nog payuug vsen L L L L Jopees gazen S e S r4 1euuojsueJ vean L L L D Aejay xny s n duung 10 J0j9e3u02 L L L L 10j9ejuo2 oneuBeyw ge An L L L L L L Joyejuog ajaubew WzZZN 9 9 9 9 9 9 jeoeds gson v v v v v v Joe vson S S S S S S Jay weds zen YSZ NdI did L L L L L L Assy usa 4i voe L Jo 9SION van voe L L L J8yi4 SION YAN ssause H S UsUodWOD Se e q 1894S Ajquiessy L L L L weis6eig Buum jener ein l L L L youmg deus 60n dung 10 SN4 Jamog ve L L L esnj gron vor g L L L esnj vvon eg 440 L L L youms uong ysng gzon ew NO L l L l yo ms uopng end vzon L L L L peog jeuiuue goon L L L L pseog jeuiuue voon Sin mp AD AD mp NOILLdINOS3d ON 2228 z g 2 IEIEIZ 2 8 2 i f IS 2 2 2 e SlzlizizuzltIg a a a a woon sn vz8n 4 231 Spare parts of Yutaki SMGBO0066 rev 1 03 2010
11. 2 Remove the connector on the control PCB of the electrical box 3 Hold the electronic expansion valve coil and slightly rotate then pull it up Refer to the figure below to replace the electrical valve The lock mechanism is equipped with the expansion valve coil Check to ensure that the expansion valve coil is locked Electronic expansion valve coils SMGB0066 rev 1 03 2010 250 RHUE 3 6 A V HN Servicing Service Manual leas HITACHI Service Manual Inspire the Next 9 1 12 Removing pressure switches Pressure switches 1 Remove the service cover according to the section Removing service cover in this chapter 2 There are two pressure switches one green low pressure and one black high pressure 3 Remove the pressure switches A WARNING Electrical hazard Risk of electrical shock Do not touch the electrical components when the LED201 Red located on the inverter module is ON in order to avoid electrical shock 4 Remove the connector on the control PCB of the electrical box ON NOTE Remove the connectors on the control PCB of the electrical box Pressure switch Black high pressure Pressure switch Green low pressure SMGB0066 rev 1 03 2010 RHUE 3 6 A V HN HITACHI Inspire the Next 252 9 1 13 Removing reversing valve 1 Remove the service cover and the rear service panel according to the sectio
12. SMGB0066 rev 1 03 2010 Parameter tables 119 HITACHI Inspire the Next 120 Controller pack Service Manual ID Parameter CONF Description Min Max Step Default Heat Pump Maximum Heat Pump Operating Limits maximum supply Eras Supply Temperature 12343 temperature below outside temperature of EP34 40 n Se Heat Pumb Maximum Heat Pump Operating Limits parameter to define EP34 pva 12345 point at which maximum supply temperature 25 20 1 10 C Supply Changing Point changes Heat Pump Max Time DHW Control time that supply setpoint is held at Ere High Setpoint 123495 maximum when DHW demand occurs 9 bu BOSSE Boiler Control Inhibits the Supply Return EP36 Boiler Delay Time 345 Difference Check until this time has expired after 1 15 1 5min the boiler is switched on DHW offset for Heat e EP37 Pump maximum supply 12345 SUPP y p ciis 0 20 1 7K maximum supply temperature minus this EP37 temperature Value CONF Only parameters that are allowed in a particular configuration are shown on the display 4 15 CONVERSION TABLE HEAT PUMP SUPPLY TEMPERATURE TO mA The following table converts the Heat Pump supply temperature setting in C to current I in mA mA Setting C mA Setting C mA Setting C 2 0 lt 1 lt 2 2 15 5 8 1 lt 51 lt 84 29 0 14 1 lt 1 lt 14 3 42 0 2
13. Model Water RHUE 3AVHN RHUE 4AVHN RHUE 5A V HN RHUE 6A V HN temperature drop 5 C 212 276 342 410 2 10 C 106 138 171 205 15 C 71 92 114 137 20 C 53 69 86 103 25 C 42 55 68 82 Units are in Itrs ON NOTE The values shown on the table are based on theoretical installation conditions and therefore it rests with the client to recalculate these values depending on the real conditions of the installation 2 2 2 Correction factor due to use of glycol When the ambient temperature is low in winter it is possible that the unit will be damaged by freezing water in the pipes and in the circulating pump during the shutdown periods In order to prevent this it is useful to empty the water from the installation or to maintain the supply to the installation as an electric cord can prevent the water from freezing in the circuit Additionally in cases where water drainage is difficult an antifreeze mixture of ethylene glycol or propylene should be used Between 10 and 40 The performance of the unit when working with glycol may decrease in proportion to the percentage of glycol used as the density of glycol is higher than that of water For more information see TCGB0066 2 3 WATER CONTROL A CAUTION Malfunction Damage by poor quality water Industrial water rarely causes deposits of scales or other foreign substances on equipment and the most vulnerable components are plate heat e
14. DC motor s included in different models Model Pieces RHUE 3AVHN 2 RHUE 4AVHN RHUE 5AVHN RHUE 5AHN RHUE 6AVHN RHUE 6AHN NINININJN e Fault diagnosis procedure 1 Remove fan motor connectors from the control PCB ISPM or DIP IPM and turn the fan motor shaft by hand Normal Fan motor shaft turns smoothly No continuous rotary torque movement felt when turning the motor by hand This occurs because the internal magnet of the fan motor breaks the movement when the internal electronic circuit of the fan motor has a short circuit fault Faulty 2 Measure the fan motor resistance using a tester SMGB0066 rev 1 03 2010 Checking procedure for main parts 223 HITACHI Inspire the Next 224 Troubleshooting Service Manual Measurement procedure Remove the fan motor connector from the control PCB ISPM or DIP IPM Connect the black test lead of the tester to the black wire pin of the fan motor connector Connect the red test lead to the wire connector pin to be checked Results Normal Observed values will be close to the normal values in the table below Faulty Observed values will be deviated from the normal values in the table below Generaly an open circuit fault shows and a short circuit fault shows several O kO Internal electronic circuit fault of the fan motor including short circuit and breakage can be
15. e o0 0 0 0 OJO 0 0 6 Cathodic protection anode Unit installation HITACHI Service Manual Inspire the Next Unit installation Transport the products as close as possible to the installation location before unpacking Check the contents of the package DHWT Model Installation and Operation Manual amp Documents Selection procedure for DHWT units 7 NOTE 1 DHWIT appliance must be installed in an indoor place DHWI installation must be done by professional installers Install the DHWT with sufficient clearance around it for operation and maintenance Install the DHWT where good ventilation is available Do not install the DHWT where there is a high level of oil mist salty air or sulphurous atmosphere When installing some device next to DHWT keep clearance between DHWT and any other obstacle of more than 500mm A CAUTION Insufficient ventilation Can cause oxygen deficiency Working with insufficient ventilation in an enclosed space can produce toxic gas especially when cleaning agent is heated to high temperature by e g being exposed to fire Do not install DHWT near any flammable substance Working space Check that DHWT are installed vertically For cleaning use no flammable and no toxic cleaning liquid The use of flammable agents should cause explosion or fire Cleaning liquid shall be collected after cleaning Pay at
16. Yutaki unit Load system Expansion tank Load system Yutaki unit 7 NOTE 2 Shortage Minimum water volume Water volume in circulation system The following part shows the minimum water volume in the system for product protection and temperature drop during defrost operation 1 Protective water volume for product Ensure that the water volume is equal or greater than those shown below in order to reduce ON OFF frequency of the unit at no load or extreme light load When water volume is less than the volume indicated minimum water volume compressor operation frequently stops at light load which may result in shorter life or failure Model RHUE 3AVHN RHUE 4AVHN RHUE 5A V HN RHUE 6A V HN Temp differenti 4 C 28 38 46 56 3 C 36 48 58 70 2 C 50 65 80 96 1 C 80 107 130 156 Units are in Itrs SMGB0066 rev 1 03 2010 Piping work connection considerations Water pipe installation H ITACHI Service Manual a Next ON NOTE The factory default ON OFF temperature differential is 4 C Note that the minimum water volume varies for different setting for each purpose as shown in the table above 2 Minimum required water volume during defrosting The following table shows the minimum water volume needed in each YUTAKI unit in case of a permitted drop in temperature of 10 C
17. Single signals Remote control MCU aa Disharge gas thermistor SS Suction gas thermistor lt Operation signals E Suction gas pressue sensor Discharge gas pressure sensor Power source o PSC Mele A D conversion circuit i ee td Protection circuit Wireless transmission circuit i l l I Y Y l System controller E e YUTAKI unit E e Inverter control MCU Inverter power section J Electrical control expansion oue Relay drive circuit Inverter control MCU valve drive circuit d 4 MC Motor Camp CT1 Current transformer MOF Motor for outdoor fan RVR 4 Way valve MV Elec Exap Valve SVA Solenoid valve CH Crankase heater PSC Pressure switch for control WH Water heater WP Water pump SMGB0066 rev 1 03 2010 Safety and control device setting 146 Controller pack Service Manual 4 25 1 Defrost operation control Defrosting Conditions Fulfilled Compressor Frequency 40 Hz Output 1 lt HITACHI Inspire the Next o NOTE For desfrosting operate at the compressor frequency shown in the defrosting flow chart without applying upper lower limit Liquid injection shall be OFF at desfrosting Compressor Real No Frequency 40 Hz Yes 4 10 Sec Count Hot Gas bypass Sole
18. The alarm code is displayed on the PCB s display The compressor stops and restarts automatically in 3 minutes The alarm appears after 3 retries during 30 minutes This alarm code is displayed when the Refrigerant temperature in water side heat exchanger inlet Tp is less than 6 C during 3 seconds Only for cooling operation The Refrigerant temperature in water side heat exchanger inlet Tp is less than 20 C during 10 seconds Only for defrosting operation No retry during defrosting operation Alarm stop immediately PCB monitoring position PCB2 CN14 Retry code P 06 Is the connector CN14 on the No Plug correctly and repair PCB2 correctly connected d wiring Y Yes Measure the temperature of the position where the water side heat enchanger refrigerant inlet thermistor attached by surface gt Check the water flow rate thermometer Check temperature of inlet and outlet Is the temperature measured Yes c Clogging of water strainer and shown in segment proper c Check pump reverse rotation No Check the air mixing Check water temperature Not excessively Low c Shortage of Refrigerant Gas leakage c Clogging of plate heat exchanger gt Clogging of expansion valve and strainer wl Malfundtion of check valve Y Malfunction of expansion valve Are the connectors between PCB1 and PCB2 correctly d
19. PCB monitoring position PCB2 CN9 Water Inlet PCB2 CN13 Water Outlet Are connectors CN9 and CN13 on the PCB2 correctly connected Wiring Check Breaking of wire wrong wiring Y Yes No Is the actual water temperature and the Yes Check the water flow rate gt gt temperature shown in Check temperature of inlet and outlet segment proper No Check pump reverse rotation Check water strainer clogging c Check air mixing Check chilled water thermostat setting value It shall be within the working range Are the connectors between PCB1 and PCB2 correctly connected No Wiring check Repair CN9 CN1 Breaking of wire wrong CN5 CN2 wiring PCB1 PCB2 CN6 CN3 CN2 CN4 Y Yes Pull out connector and measure thermistor No F resistance Replace thermistor Is resistance correct Yes A A Check PCB1 and PCB2 SMGB0066 rev 1 03 2010 Troubleshooting procedure 193 HITACHI Inspire the Next Troubleshooting Service Manual Alarm code Description d Failure of refrigerant liquid temperature thermistor Open Short The alarm code is displayed on the PCB s display This alarm code is displayed when the thermistor is short circuited or cut PCB monitoring position PCB2 CN14 Is connector CN14 on No PCB2 correctly connected Wiring chec
20. Rear suction hood Part name Qty z 9 Upper right side plate Upper left side plate 256 Unit s Upper 1 ema front panel U pside Fixing screw T Upper 1 Accessories E 3 n e front panel W J 8 Hole for safety wire i Downside rope to prevent M Lower right 1 d rem T d e 868 ol 250 9 868 EE A pa Fixing screw lj Accessories Ki side plate o Lower left 1 e ge side plate Upper 1 front panel Upside Upper 1 front panel Downside 600 0 000 Left suction hood No Partname Qty Right side 1 plate 2 Left side 1 plate Enlarged view of A Fixing hole Frontpanel 1 B Upside Q E Frontpanel 1 Downside w l SMGBO066 rev 1 03 2010 RHUE 3 6 A V HN H ITACH l Unit installation Inspire the Next Service Manual e Attaching example of snow protection hood Fixing screw Left suction hood Accessories Fixing screw ZER 900 24 Air discharge hood Accessories A Fixing screw Accessories Rear suction hood Air discharge grille Upper side Air discharge hood Wire rope Optional For overturning protection Rear suction hood Lower side Air discharge grille
21. ic Water inlet thermistor Otherwise it is recommended to maintain the power supply to the installation since an electric cord could prevent the freezing of the water contained in the circuit Additionally in cases where water drainage is difficult an antifreeze mixture of glycol ethylene or propylene should be used content between 10 and 40 96 The performance of the unit working with glycol may decrease in proportion to the percentage of glycol used since the density of glycol is higher than that of water For more information see chapter 4 of Technical Catalogue SMGB0066 rev 1 03 2010 General notes Water pipe installation H ITACHI Service Manual Inspire the Next Pressure gauge Strainer Flexible joint Valve Check valve 0000 A CAUTION 2 Malfunction Damage by clogging This product is equipped with plate heat exchanger type In the heat exchanger water flows through a narrow space between the plates Therefore there is a possibility that freezing may occur if foreign particles or dust are clogged In order to avoid this clogging mesh water strainer shall be installed in the water inlet pipe and as close as possible to the plate heat exchanger In case of punching metal type strainer mesh hole size shall be 1 5mm or less Never use the salt type antifreeze mixture since it possesses strong corrosion characteristics and water equipment might be damaged
22. Measure the resistance at least in 2 different points which is different more than 10 C SMGB0066 rev 1 03 2010 Troubleshooting procedure 214 Troubleshooting Service Manual HITACHI Inspire the Next Alarm code Description COD EL F n n Failure of fan motor This alarm is indicated when the revolution pulse output from the fan motor is the reverse revolution signal is detected The fan motor is stopped once and restarted after 10 seconds If it occurs more than 10 times in 30 minutes this alarm is indicated Alarm code Fan Motor MF1 MF2 Restart operation y Yes This alarm is indicated due to detected overcurrent by Does the motor run gt No Alarm code is not indicated Check the connector connection of CN14 and CN15 on PCB1 and CN201 CN202 PCN201 PCN203 on PCB3 4 y Faulty the contrary wind This is normal E Are the connectors abnormal P Good Restart operation ra Connect it correctly i Y Replace the fan motor Y Restart operation Y Yes Does the motor run Yes This is normal Does the motor run 2 No Alarm code is not indicated y This is normal ON NOTE Check to ensure that DC Fan Motor is checked according to the s
23. Removing the relay PCB Check to ensure that the LED201 Red of the PCB is OFF Remove holders from the PCB When reassembling the components pass those holders again through the holes of the PCB Holders Several hazards Risk of malfunction Identify the terminal numbers with mark band When reassembling the terminals have to be connected to the correct numbers If incorrectly connected malfunctions or damages will occur For safety reason remove the connectors on the control PCB of the electrical box Correctly insert two wires of U and V phases for the power cable of inverter compressor into the current sensor CTU and CTV on PCB2 Connect Phase U power cable with the current sensor Phase U CTU and Phase V power line with current sensor Phase V CTV If connected incorrectly malfunction or electrical component damage will occur When mounting PCB and the sheet metal part for PCB pay attention not to clamp the electrical wiring together In case of replacing control PCB set all the dip switches as the same position before replacing If not malfunction may occur Do not apply strong force to the electric components and PCBs to avoid damage When replacing the transistor module IPM and diode module DM on heat radiation fin slightly apply the heat conducting silicon grease Manufacture Shin Etsu Chemical Co Ltd Product No G 746 over the fin contact surface
24. This alarm code is displayed when the Pump operation feedback signal terminals 1 2 is OFF during pump interlock CMp ON terminals 3 4 PCB monitoring position PCB1 PCN4 Is 220 240V the voltage No Is thermal relay for pump Yes between connector PCN4 TRP activated If used a Check the Pump Lock PIN1 and PIN3 on PCB1 field supplied pump J Check th relay fi Lie e eck thermal relay for pump Check Printed Circuit Board PCB1 gt Check wiring around pump and thermal relay for pump SMGB0066 rev 1 03 2010 Troubleshooting procedure 211 HITACHI Inspire the Next Troubleshooting Service Manual Alarm code Description h E Cooler water failure this alarm is not available in this unit This alarm code is displayed when the contact between 1 and 2 of CN6 is not closed PCB monitoring position PCB1 CN6 Is the connector CN6 on No Wiring check Repair PCB1 correctly connected Y Yes Breaking of wire wrong wiring Yes Is the voltage between VCC24N and GND2 on PCB1 Yes Wiring check Repair Breaking of wire wrong wiring 24V refer to voltage test position y No Is the voltage output of the Yes Replace PCB1 Failure of power supply circuit transformer secondary side correctly output Y Yes Is the wiring
25. Connect the pump wiring from the electrical box to the pump according to the detail Assemble the service cover 2 item 2 and service cover 1 item 1 to finish the installation Installation out of the Yutaki unit Additionally when the pump is installed out of the Yutaki unit the installation must be in accordance with the following guidelines The pump must be installed in an easily accesible place to facilitate inspection and replacement Assemble the pump such that water can not drip into the pump motor or terminal box Carry out stress free installation with the pump motor shift in horizontal plane see installation position in the next figure The motor terminal box must not point downwards see admissible installation position in previous figure It may be necessary to turn the motor hoosing round after loosening the hexagon socket screws 2 5 2 WEH Water Electric Heater Hydraulic circuit General notes When Piping connections are performed 1 2 3 Connect all pipes as close as possible to the unit so that disconnection can be easily performed when required It is recommended to use flexible joints for the piping of water inlet and outlet so vibration will not be transmitted Whenever possible sluice valves should be installed for water piping in order to minimise flow resistance and to maintain sufficient water flow It is recommended to apply ball valves in both water pipe connections to make easi
26. DIP IPM module Ze 4 fixing screws LED201 SMGBO066 rev 1 03 2010 RHUE 3 6 A V HN 9 257 Servicing H ITACH l Service Manual Inspire the Next 9 1 20 Removing the electrical noise filter All RHUE Yutaki units are equiped with electrical noise filter PCB A DANGER Electrical hazard Risk of death Check that the LED201 red located on the inverter module is OFF when opening the P mounting plate Do not touch the electrical components when LED201 Red located on the inverter module is ON in order to avoid an electrical shock Extraction of the PCB from the holders 1 Disconnect all the wirings 9 in total connected to the electrical noise filter 2 Remove the six 6 holders from the PCB When reassembling the components pass those holders again through the holes of the PCB 6 plastic holders E M Yi d E Si CH LS e A cs 1 f 9r E KL gi lag ue EY iil 9 oe SMGB0066 rev 1 03 2010 258 RHUE 3 6 A V HN Servicing Service Manual 9 1 21 Removing other electrical components 1 Remove the service cover according to the section Removing service cover in this chapter 2 Open the P mounting plate by rotating it 90 degrees to the left according to the section Opening electrical box P Mounting Plate in this chapter 3 Check to ensure the LED201 Red of the inverter PCB i
27. Pull out connector and measure thermistor No resistance Is resistance correct Yes Replace thermistor d Check PCB1 and PCB2 Measuring the thermistor resistance value 196 Thermistor characteristics 200 R25 200 kQ B 3920 k Thermistor Resistance KO 100 8 32 0 25 50 100 120 150 Temperature 9C ON NOTE Measure the resistance at least in 2 different points which the temperature is different more than 10 C SMGBO0066 rev 1 03 2010 Troubleshooting procedure Troubleshooting Service Manual HITACHI Inspire the Next Alarm code Description d H Failure of refrigerant evaporating temperature thermistor Open Short The alarm code is displayed on the PCB s display This alarm code is displayed when the thermistor is short circuited or cut PCB monitoring position PCB2 CN12 Is connector CN12 on No PCB2 correctly connected Wiring check Repair Y Yes Are the connectors between PCB1 and PCB2 correctly connected No Breaking of wire wrong wiring Wiring check Repair CN9 CN1 CN5 CN2 PCB1 PCB2 CN6 CN3 CN2 CN4 Y Yes Pull out connector and measure thermistor Breaking of wire wrong wiring resistance Is resistance correct Yes Replace therm
28. The alarm appears after 6 retries during 30 minutes This alarm code is displayed when the compressor current is higher than the set value Totally 3 minutes during 10 minutes Retry code P 17 Restart the operation Is the current value Yes which activating more Inverter components are normal than setting value 47 2A y No Lower than setting value Check ISPM or Dip IPM ES No Is discharge pressure excessively high Check discharge suction pressure and refrigerant cycle status Check clogging of air side heat exchanger gt Check Fan Check ISPM or Dip IPM No correctly installed Replace ISPM or Dip IPM Yes Install ISPM or Dip IPM correctly ki Replace ISPM or Dip IPM A CAUTION Electrical hazard Risk of electrical shock Before checking and replacing the inverter parts perform the high voltage discharge procedure by referring to section Checking procedure for main parts SMGB0066 rev 1 03 2010 Troubleshooting procedure 205 HITACHI Inspire the Next Troubleshooting Service Manual Alarm code Description Z AL Activation of protection for inverter instantaneous over current 2 The alarm code is displayed on the PCB s display The compressor stops and restarts automatically in 3 minutes The alarm appears
29. then Boiler Setpoint Supply Setpoint SSUP Supply Setpoint Control Offset EP31 The heat pump maximum supply temperature depends on the outdoor temperature and the heat pump operating limits Control Algorithm The P algorithm calculates a Load factor from 0 to 100 The boiler is switched on when the Load Factor reaches 100 and switched off when the Load Factor reaches 0 Required Load Factor PI function Boiler Setpoint TSUP BOILER CONTROL 096 10096 Required Load Factor Parameter Settings EP2 Integral Factor Required Load Boiler Electric Heater Control default 2 5 Kmin EP16 Proportional Band Required Load Boiler Electric Heater Control default 6 K 100 EP31 Supply Setpoint Control Offset default 4 K It is not normally recommended to change these parameters They have been selected during laboratory tests for best performance in most situations OH NOTE Engineering Parameters EP are only available for service engineers 4 10 2 Supply Return Difference Check Function This function helps prevent the boiler operating unless the heat pump is already providing heat When the heat pump is in thermo off state compressor off or in defrost the difference between the supply temperature TSUP and return temperature TRET will be small or negative in case of defrost since no heating is provided The boiler is prevented from switching on until this differenc
30. zen Suen Aen p 40 1109 en Suen Kem BLN Moy JeeeH O 84N nen apjouajos 19 109 944n eweApousps gn eweApoueps vin MeL eo ue ain NL Joo ues vin E Jossaiduiog oun arid HL son deg saqqny asan Jenoo H asan apuen sen yuez gesn iojepunooy ven ue4jejedoid ven aussen yeBueyoxa en seem mn Aiquessy jeBueuox3 een sy orn Aquessy yebueyoxg eH sy orn zuredidm agen Luredidm ween iesuapuog 1o AssWT10N j0peiid aven ued 404 eng z JON J0 01g UCL w n bugaanu da azen z zuagane da ven seuals oon suens goen Jourens voen vr uo szn Assy Medea aen 109 AdX3 aizn eui ure anen uosuedx3 oLzn IO AdX3 azn au ssed Ag eNeAuorsuedx3 vizn sd Josueg emsseid wo1 gen Pd 10sueg einssed yb vein SWHL Josuseu osin SUE etsnueut Aen Ven Josuseu asin PHL Josuseu asin EVEN ament osin OMNHL sway agin MAHL Josue ven Wope Ms einssaig LON emt sossedwiog 9p 18109 jeonsnosy o00n g 4 dung Aiosseooy dung aoon vi dung Uess D D dund aoon SxuvWas ap is o NOlldiMOS3Q ON a 22 2 22 8IEIB ZIRIB 2 2 2 2 2 2 Is 2 2 2 2 2 s SMGB0066 rev 1 03 2010 Spare parts of Yutaki YOSSADDV TVNOILdO 230 HITACHI Inspire the Next
31. 3 In order to prevent vibration transfer to the building place rubber material Se ee between the stay and the wall A WARNING Crush hazard Can cause serious injury Installation must ensure that the unit will not incline vibrate make noise or fall down by a blast of wind or in an earthquake Calculate quake resistance strength to ensure that installation is strong enough against falling Fix the unit with wires field supplied when installing in a location without walls or windbreak and likely exposed to a blast of wind SMGBO066 rev 1 03 2010 RHUE 3 6 A V HN HITACHI Unit installation Inspire the Next Service Manual Installing location where the unit will be exposed to strong wind Strong winds against the unit s air outlet causes short circuits and these can be the consequences Lack of air flow and adversely affect to normal function Adverse strong wind Frequent frost acceleration Fan can rotating very fast until it breaks Follow the instructions below to install on a rooftop or a location without surrounding buildings where strong wind is expected against the unit Adverse 1 Choose a location where the outlet or inlet side of the product will not be exposed to strong wind 2 In case the fulfillment of point 1 is not possible it is recommended to use the optional parts see section Optional parts and installation for RHUE 3 6 A V HN A CAUTION
32. Accessories electrical installation 59 Electrical wiring Service Manual HITACHI Inspire the Next Electrical wiring connection The electrical wiring connection between DHWT AquaFREE or Yutaki system controller and the electrical power installation is as follows Customer connection Power terminals Control terminals Power supply 1 230V 50Hz TB DHWT Power supply 1 230V 50Hz TB DHWT T L N 31 4 E L N utaki Systemi controller 11 12 Wire size Recommended minimum sizes for field provided Connection wiring Power source Control cable Power Max cable size size Source Current A EN60 335 1 EN60 335 1 17 230V 50Hz 15 2 5mm 1mm Main switch protection ELB Power Max CB A Source Current A Number of poles A mA 17 230V 50Hz 15 20 2 40 30 OH NOTICE Follow local codes and regulations when selecting field wires Circuit Breakers and Earth Leakage Breakers Use the wires which are not lighter than de ordinary polychloroprene sheated flexible cord code designation HOSRN F SMGB0066 rev 1 03 2010 Accessories electrical installation Electrical wiring HITACHI Service Manual Inspire the Next Electrical wiring connection diagram Power cable Control cable To system control unit CP 1e 230V 50Hz ES ELB Main switch Ri AW
33. Center of gravity position Unit model Operation weight mm kg a b h RHUE 3AVHN 130 705 223 545 RHUE 4AVHN 130 705 223 545 RHUE 5AVHN 135 695 228 560 RHUE 5AHN 140 695 228 560 RHUE 6AVHN 139 695 228 560 RHUE 6AHN 144 695 228 560 7 NOTE It is recommended that at least two people participate when lifting is done manually SMGBO0066 rev 1 03 2010 RHUE 3 6 A V HN Unit installation HITACHI Service Manual Inspire the Next 1 1 3 Installation space Single installation Around sides are open Around sides are open with obstacles above 300 S 300 21000 O0 Lx1 2H A2350 0 lt Ls1 2H A2600 1 2H lt LSH A2450 1 2H lt LSH A21200 0 lt Ls1 2H A2600 H 1380 H 1380 1 2H lt LSH A21200 H 1380 Around sides are closed 0 lt L lt 1 2H gt A2350 m 1 2H LSH A2450 SH AS ge A lt 1 2H lt L lt sH gt A2 gt 1200 Unit mm ON NOTE All measuring units are in milimetres mm SMGBO066 rev 1 03 2010 RHUE 3 6 A V HN Unit installation HITACHI Inspire the Next Service Manual 1 1 4 Place provision Concrete Foundation Foundation shall be on a level surface and it is recommended to be 100 300 mm higher than ground level Use M10 anchor bolts to fix the unit to the foundation Foundation bolts nuts and washers are not included and must be fie
34. Check temperature of inlet and outlet E i Clogging of water strainer c Pump reverse rotating check gt Check the air mixing Check water temperature not excessively ER i Shortage of Refrigerant Gas leakage ER i Clogging of low pressure pipe gt Clogging of expansion valve e Malfundtion of check valve Malfunction of expansion valve low CN5 CN2 PCB1 PCB2 CN6 CN3 CN2 CN4 Y Yes Pull out connector and measure thermistor No Wiring check Repair gt Breaking of wire wrong wiring resistance Is resistance correct Yes Replace thermistor SMGB0066 rev 1 03 2010 Troubleshooting procedure Check PCB2 Troubleshooting HITACHI Service Manual Inspire the Next Alarm code Description ri H Abnormal transmission between Inverter PCB and Main PCB The alarm code is displayed on the PCB s display This alarm code is displayed when the communication between Main PCB PCB1 and Inverter DIP IPM ISPM is not performed correctly during 30 seconds PCB monitoring position PCB1 CN8 Wiring check and Repair EEN Breaking of wire wrong wiring correctly Ee Is wiring between CNS of the PCB1 and CN2 6 on the Me dd Y Yes Power Supply ON after disconnecting CN8 on PCB1 y Is LED 7 Green on
35. Electric heater The electric heater is made of Incoloy alloy 825 and complies with the European Low Voltage Directive 2006 95 EC It comprises a flange that holds three U Shaped heating elements for 2 5kw power resistances Replace electric heater The steps to be followed are Totally disconnect the unit from the main power supply 2 With the help of a tool remove the heater to be replaced Be careful not to damage the enamel surface in case of enamelled tanks 3 Insert the new heater in the same position as the old one 4 Connect again and plug into the main power supply Safety measures Before any intervention totally disconnect the DHWT from the main power supply All the connections circuits must be disconnected Installation configuration start up and maintenance of heating elements must be carried out by an authorised electrical fitter All standards and regulations must be observed The user is responsible of ensuring that the essential requirements of the European Low Voltage Directive are respected Electric heating elements generates high temperatures Precautions should be taken to protect goods and persons from accidental burns during the operation and after the equipment has been disconnected or installed Note minimum cable section Resistances of 2 5kW recommended cable H05SJ K accordance with UNE 21027 and will have at least 2 5mm section SMGB0066 rev 1 03 2010 Accessories electrical installat
36. HITACHI Inspire the Next Proceeding Initialization Power ON During unit stoppage Pump Operation During unit stoppage Waiting of pump feedback During unit operation Stoppage by Thermo OFF Heating operation Normal operation Heating operation Activation of forced compressor frequency control due to low pressure difference forced up we oe Heating operation Activation of forced compressor frequency control due to high Piel pressure difference forced down we na Heating operation Activation of forced compressor frequency control due to Free excessively high discharge pressure forced down we na Heating operation Activation of forced compressor frequency control due to METZ A excessively high current forced down u Du Heating operation Activation of forced compressor frequency control due to ARN excessively high inverter fin temperature forced down P ouh Retry operation by alarm 02 91 t1 Di Retry operation by alarm 02 e1 Pe id Retry operation by alarm 02 h1 P e TF Retry operation by alarm 51 52 53 54 P o IH Retry operation by alarm 04 06 E Flickering Initializing electronic expansion valve Fan manual operation SMGBO0066 rev 1 03 2010 175 Troubleshooting procedure HITACHI Inspire the Next 176 Troubleshooting Service Manual Alarm code Content Activation of high pressure swicth Activation of pr
37. HITACHI Inspire the Next Service Manual To earth connection 6 U shaped terminal To the potentiostat connections at 9 and 10 pins 7 and 8 respectively 7 NOTE Use original wires only To avoid any risk of corrosion due to reverse polarity do not lengthen nor shorten the wires Use a socket base near to the storage heater for this purpose The protective anode starts comes into operation when the storage heater is full of water When there is no water the control pilot light 11 lights up red and blinks on and off If the pilot light 11 is green this shows that the storage heater is receiving a protective current If the pilot light is not on or lights up red and blinks check the connections contacts and mains supply If this anomaly continues contact the fitter or our Customer Technical Service Department In the case of vertically installed storage heaters from which water is not going to be extracted for periods of more than 3 months we recommend fitting an automatic purger at the D H W outlet If the storage heater is installed horizontally we recommend the extraction of water at least once every 3 months The potentiostat 3 and connecting wires 4 must not be disconnected except when the storage heater is emptied Do not disconnect the protection system during periods of absense holidays etc Occasionally check that the pilot light is working correctly 11
38. Left side Fixing screw Accessories Ay BY 4 Fixing screw Accessories Rear side Specifications of snow protection hood Product name Air discharge hood Rear suction hood Left suction hood 26 Model ASG NP335F ASG NP335FS ASG NP335B ASG NP335BS ASG NP335L quc ane Quantity 2 per unit 1 per unit Bonderized Bonderized Bonderized Material steel sheet Stsinless steel sheet Stainless steel sheet Slainless SUS304 SUS304 SUS304 Iron Iron Iron Gray Gray Gray Color 1 0Y8 5 0 5 or 1 0Y8 5 0 5 or 1 0Y8 5 0 5 or approximation approximation approximation Weight 3 kg 14 kg 8 kg Assembling Knockingdown parts assembled at field Components Hood For air discherge part x 1 For rear side alr intake For left side air intake x 1 Upper side x 1 lowe side x 1 ee 8 M5x12 tapping screw 10 M5x14 tapping screw 8 M5x12 tapping screw Fixing screw 61M5x12 6 M5x14 SPAM 24 M5x14 14 M9x12 14 M5x14 SUS tapping screw tapping screw tapping screw Installation manual Installation restriction Installation with Guard net Wind guard or Air flow guide is not available Installation with Guard net is not available Safety wire rope for overturning prevention optional parts ASG SW20A SMGBO0066 rev 1 03 2010 RHUE 3 6 A V HN Unit installation Service Manual 1 2 ACCESSORIES INST
39. Please refer to the System Controller Installation amp Operation Manual for instructions on how to set the installer parameters ID Parameter CONF Description Min Max Step Default CONF System Configuration 12345 Set according to the type of hydraulic 1 5 1 3 configuration installed P1 DHW Configuration 123 5 Set to O No DHW 1 DHW valve 2 DHW pump 0 2 1 0 Set to 1 if a buffer hydraulic separator and a P2 Secondary Pump 12 secondary pump is used CONF 1 or CONF 2 0 1 1 0 only P3 Pump Overrun Time 12345 Sets how long the pumps run after the heating is 1 10 1 2 min switched off P4 Ge E Curve 12345 Sets the heating curve for OTC control function 0 2 22 0 1 1 1 P5 Minimum Supply 12345 Sets the minimum supply water temperature for 5 40 1 15 C Temperature the heating P6 Zone 1 Maximum 12345 Sets the maximum supply water temperature for 20 Ser 1 55 C Supply Temperature the heating zone 1 90 P7 Room Compensation 12345 Sets the room temperature influence for the OTC 0 5 05 2 Factor control function SMGB0066 rev 1 03 2010 Parameter tables 117 HITACHI Inspire the Next 118 Controller pack Service Manual ID Parameter CONF Description Min Max Step Default P9 Actuator Run Time Ap Set to the running time of the actuator see 30 600 10 120s Mixing valve Control act
40. Zone 2 The extension mixed heating loop controlled by the Extension Controller 4 2 MOUNTING HITACHI Inspire the Next TSUP Supply Water Temperature TRET Return Water Temperature TDHW DHW Temperature TEXT Outside external Air Temperature TMIX Mixed Water Temperature TR1 Room Temperature V Mixing Valve Position FAUL Fault status SSUP Overall system supply setpoint S1 Zone 1 supply setpoint SR1 Zone 1 room temperature setpoint S2 Zone 2 supply setpoint DSET 4 DHW setpoint SDHW DHW supply setpoint The System Controller is designed to be mounted either directly onto the wall or on a DIN rail A CAUTION without damaging the unit Incorrect wall mounting Reduction of the IP protection degree Perform the installation of the System Controller 4 2 1 Fitting or removing the front cover To remove the front cover from the mounting base Unscrew the two retaining screws 2 Pull the front cover off the mounting base A CAUTION the front cover onto the base otherwise damage may occur Crash hazard Wire damage Make sure that all connector pins and blocks are correctly located before pushing SMGB0066 rev 1 03 2010 Mounting 75 H ITACH I Controller pack Inspire the Next Service Manual To fit the front cover onto the mounting base 1 Line up the mounting base and front cover 2 Push the front cover firmly onto the mountin
41. e Lao 20 Wie LO oa ENIQN n oe LH EH i RI rs F ie o o Emo LO o o o gt BOCH c 6a z SS gt om a Ria oy ot Oo KD rz DEM DEM cao moo oo Ru cao im atl cao Le cao e z wi zEm zw zmo my loo OEN ogee zem ze Katie o o G lle o o o z m z Ki lt oN Wl El mot fa te DN my DH cat Dei LH 2 ao LO Ome CR n n LH LI LE w S m cmo cast ES Gm o c ps om SEI om ae om om om om bd Sa zZ T CO on a Ria ef ot Emo KD ot KD Os cao cao moo mow m e oan m oe EN cao Q z Y oan KC SC oat can So Bird mo mo W z ZNET ZNET rmo Z Ris z zm s e o o ma LS o o o z m z I LO on a Ria ols ot EMO ols ot Om e 3 LH Wo Bien oo cao oo Oc OE LH LH OEN OEN oan Cep mo oN W z Re E a Zrm eut zmn Zo Re 2 19 o o o o o o I gt BOCH E m z on a Ria RA Ca Oo UEM ot UEM DEM cao cao moo mite Im ici ENICN cio cao cao e z ei 5S 5 oes cms E Se o ms Ce 5 o om om cmc 5 ou om om gt IN oe X o Sz zlz zlsils z s 8 2 o D D D D D d D D Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Rotary switches RSW1 amp RSW2 heating temperature setting RSW3 amp RSW4 amp SSW not used AWS ci SW DSW1 optional functions o za mot mm d oy ot oy omc ien or ao oe a LH ow Wr on cin bes z be bes es zZ e S erm am gc SC zo o ke o m E tp o 2 5 2 9 5
42. el op al fm a s p Une g g B qamanta 43 c f B EPA x H E des xd KC ien ORE N I of S amaf g gt ee i z i M 60n ein ssn Ge Can SMGB0066 rev 1 03 2010 Spare parts of Yutaki 232 Spare parts HITACHI Service Manual Inspire the Next 8 2 SPARE PARTS OF ACCESSORIES 8 2 1 WEH Water Electric Heater LOCATION OF SPARE PARTS IN THE UNIT FOR MODEL WEH 6E 2 LOCATION OF ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT IN THE ELECTRICAL BOX VS e e G LLI z x Lu ol 9 ab S Z No DESCRIPTION Qty REMARKS 1 CONTACTOR 2 ASO9 30 10 26M 20A AC1 8 2 PRESSURE SWITCH 1 XP600 1 bar set 3 THERMOSTAT 1 85 C Cut Out 4 RESISTOR 1 2000W 5 10 230V SMGB0066 rev 1 03 2010 Spare parts of Yutaki 233 H ITACHI Spare parts Inspire the Next Service Manual 8 2 2 DHWT Domestic Hot Water Tank LOCATION OF SPARE PARTS DHWT 200 300 S 2 5H1E 4817 25 2203 e S D ELECTRIC HEATER Ry gt SMGB0066 rev 1 03 2010 Spa
43. ill 2 Liftthe air outlet grille holding the lower parts MOS 3 Release the extruded hook of the air outlet grille from the shroud 9 SMGBO0066 rev 1 03 2010 241 RHUE 3 6 A V HN Servicing HITACHI Inspire the Next OSSO Service Manual 9 1 3 Removing upper cover Upper cover 1 Remove the nine 9 screws fixing the upper cover 2 Liftthe upper cover upwards 9 1 4 Removing the lower part of service panel and rear panel 1 Remove the four 4 fixing screws at the lower part of the service panel and remove the lower part of the service panel by pulling towards the front side Remove the fixing screws of the rear panel and remove the rear panel ON NOTE The length of fixing scews for the Yutaki temperature thermistor is different than all other screws in the machine as an assembly poka yoke EN i The lower part of service panel Rear panel SMGBO0066 rev 1 03 2010 242 RHUE 3 6 A V HN Servicing Service Manual 9 1 5 Removing Yutaki fan motor 1 Remove the service cover according to the section Removing service co
44. press the S amp and amp buttons together for at least one second The display will show HPS to indicate that the controller is in Output Display mode and shows the first output HPS and its current status 1 Use the 4 and buttons to move up or down the output list according to the table 2 To change an output use the set button to enter Output Setting mode The value of the output will flash to show that it can now be changed To change the output value use the and buttons 3 To save the output setting press the ser button The flashing will stop to show the value has been saved and the letter F Fixed will appear to show that the output is being overridden Note that the value must be saved before it takes effect Instead to cancel the change and retain the previously stored value press the amp button To cancel the manual override of an output enter the Output Setting mode and then press and together for one second The F disappears from the display to show that the output is no longer overridden At any time pressing the i button will return the display to normal operation mode Please refer to the electrical wiring connections to identify which relays should be connected to which output for a particular system configuration Normal operation mode Output display mode Output setting mode amp gt 1 sec SMGB0066 rev 1 03 2010 Test run procedure for Yutaki Test
45. we moo a Y val D D EN u ui E NHV 9 S 3nH3 104 ureu6eip Burm je213299 3 goe Controller pack HITACHI Service Manual Inspire the Next 4 CONTROLLER PACK This chapter presents the system configuration settings and control system for the Yutaki series CONTENTS 4 1 System configuration settings and Control system 73 SPEM p 73 LM EEUU CICRUACIO E 73 4 1 3 System controller OVEMVICW a i cc0cccsccsceseesascenssseccessaceesaccesesocseceescteeaanaseesscansssaceennsacsasebeneseitoseasiscaeeseenesaees 74 4 1 4 Contents of the controller pack 5 eiiis a eiaa cn dite dn iiaii 74 4 1 5 Quick start installation steps 20 00 cece cece cece ce eeeeeeee ee ee eee eaaeceecescaeaeeeeeecaaeaeesesesaaaeeeeeeseeaeaeeeeseeensaeeeess 74 4 1 6 Abbreviations amp Terminologie 75 CEN NOUN ER 75 4 2 1 Fitting or removing the front cover ecciesie recentes tne aec n nnnc una a enu aae ECEE 75 4 2 2 Wall MOUNTING DEE 76 4 2 3 Mounting Om a rme e 76 4 3 Mounting the ESI II HL 77 4 3 1 Water Temperature Sensor EE 77 4 4 3 2 Outside Temperature Sensor ccccceeceeeeeecee cece ceeeeee cece eeseaaeaeeeescaeaeeeeeeeaaaaeeeeeeenaaeeeeeeseeaeaeeeeseeeenaeeeess 77 4 4 Electrical wiring eee eee e ee eeeeeee eee eene ee ee eecne eee n
46. will be flashing as shown The active period is highlighted by a flashing square around the numbers at the bottom of the screen and the selected day is shown with the day indicator b To adjust the period start time use the or I buttons the OK indicator will be displayed to confirm the change Holding the button down will change the time quickly OH NOTE If you are pressing the or p buttons and the display flashes the next period it means the next period will be pushed forward c Once the required time is reached press the green button to confirm 7 NOTE Ifthe original time setting did not require adjustment press the green button to move to step d SMGB0066 rev 1 03 2010 System MMI Pack Room unit and RF receiver 140 Controller pack HITACHI Service Manual Inspire the Next d The temperature setting for period 1 on Monday Day 1 will now be flashing To adjust this press the ia or v buttons and confirm the setting again by pressing the green button e The next time and temperature period will now be active Adjust this by repeating steps b d above until all 6 periods are set for Monday or press the o button to run the program as set at any time You now have a choice of how to set the program for the next day f i Press the button to copy Monday s program into Tuesday The display will go blank apart from the non flashing day indicator which indic
47. x ES c c Oo 2 o c o o 7 o o 7 c o RB EH 9 o S 2 o o gt Bes 2 6 o c an SE PA o 5 9 8 H 5 B a E a d O E 2 E a 5 T S e o 2 Q O SMGB0066 rev 1 03 2010 Setting the DIP switches 50 Electrical wiring Service Manual e DSW2 unit control configuration unit HP HITACHI Inspire the Next Yutaki heat pump CO Not used Cell 35 9 sp 9 Cell Gasol Gago Cep n 4 froma froma ei roc froma ftom omm om omm oom comp oom om A AC AC AC AC AC AC oc oc oc or or oc or om ora om om om om om AE AE AE AE AE AE AE or or jor jor jor jor orm Cool Goo Good Goo Goo God Foe Nea roca roc 4 ros 4 fro oss le or jor or jor or or wor AG ACG Ac Cm m Im m ora oc uz orm orm om om om ora om om om om om AE AE AE AE AE AE AE om or jor or jor jor orm Not used Power save Max Hz Nominal Not used Not available Not used 230 V ON ON Not used ARAOOOOO 400 V DOOOOOO8 12345678 12345678 SMGB0066 rev 1 03 2010 Setting the DIP switches Function Set PINs Function Set PINs ON ON Pulse signal commissioning MU 3HP unit DDNN 1234 1234 Remote ON OFF signal ON ON Level signal System controller BU 4HP unit DDRN 1234 1234 ON ON Not used Dn 5 HP unit DINN 1234 1234
48. 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 55 60 Temperature 9C O NOTE Measure the resistance at least in 2 different points which the temperature is different more than 10 C SMGB0066 rev 1 03 2010 Troubleshooting procedure 198 Troubleshooting Service Manual HITACHI Inspire the Next Alarm code Description d i Failure of discharge gas pressure sensor Open Short The alarm code is displayed on the PCB s display This alarm code is displayed when the high pressure sensor is short circuited or cut PCB monitoring position PCB1 CN4 Is the high pressure sensor correctly connected to connector CN4 on PCB1 Y Yes Is high pressure sensor output character and low pressure sensor display value Ps proper during compressor stop See table about sensor characteristics y No Is the voltage between VCCO5T and GND1 on PCB1 5V Refer to voltage test position N No Wiring check Repair Yes Yes Breaking of wire wrong wiring Failure of component on PCB1 Replace PCB1 Failure of high pressure sensor No Replace high pressure sensor Failure of power supply circuit Y on PCB1 Replace PCB1 Characteristics of high pressure sensor lee el High Pressure Sensor s oa Voltage meter Red Power 45 2 5 0 25
49. 13 3 Pump and Valve Seizure Protechon nennen enne enne nennen 116 4 13 4 Screed Function Drying for New Floor 116 4 14 Parameter tables 0 cccccccceeceeeeeecec aces eee tree cease aeaaeaeceeeeeeeeeegeaaeaeaanaeceeeeeeeeesesensenncacieeeeeeeeees 117 DE G Wl nee lun E 117 414 2 Engineering Parameters eie deed ated sheen Herde eo th deed Eege ege 119 4 15 Conversion table heat pump supply temperature to m 120 SMGB0066 rev 1 03 2010 Mounting Controller pack HITACHI Service Manual Inspire the Next 4 16 R resistance bles rencor 121 437 e Me TT 121 4 17 1 System Controller XEIK23232 A iiic etr eere deena etre Rd pap ER LaL aro pague o LER ea ERE Ru ER 121 4 17 2 Water Temperature Sensor XEK35524 A 122 4 17 3 Outdoor Temperature Sensor XEK35438 A nennen nennen enne nennen 122 4 18 USEF MGM ACE Cc 122 LAMB ee 122 418 2 COMTOIS L 123 4 19 Installation configuration settings esssse nnne emnes 124 LAU EES cm mM 124 SAPE STS ES rms 124 4 20 2 SYSTEM TEST det engsten eet eee ete nc oae een Faber eec ct pee EE AAKE eEEeEe c estu sides 125 4 20 3 REVIEWING THE OPERATIONAL DATA 125 4 20 4 MANUALLY OVERRIDING THE OUTPUTS sse enne nnne nennen nere itnnr inneren etn 126 4 21 elle let EE 127 421 1 Additional MIXING EE 127 4 21 2 Binding RF components o
50. 19 1 lt 1 lt 19 3 53 0 7 2 lt lt 7 5 27 0 13 4 lt lt 13 6 40 5 19 3 lt lt 19 6 53 5 T5sl T 7 27 5 13 6 lt lt 13 9 41 0 19 6 lt lt 19 8 54 0 7 7 lt 1 lt 7 9 28 0 13 9 lt 1 lt 14 1 41 5 19 8 lt lt 20 0 54 5 7 9 lt 1 lt 8 1 28 5 20 0 lt lt 20 3 55 0 SMGB0066 rev 1 03 2010 Conversion table heat pump supply temperature to mA Controller pack H ITACHI Service Manual Inspire the Next 4 16 R RESISTANCE TABLES NTC 20k Celsius Temperature Characteristic temp C resist Q temp C resist Q temp C resist Q temp C resist Q temp C resist Q 50 0 1659706 9 0 115575 31 0 15180 71 0 2989 111 0 793 7 49 0 1541379 8 0 109189 32 0 14511 72 0 2882 112 0 770 3 48 0 1432919 7 0 103194 33 0 13875 73 0 2779 113 0 747 7 47 0 1332091 6 0 97564 34 0 13270 74 0 2681 114 0 725 8 46 0 1238358 5 0 92274 35 0 12695 75 0 2587 115 0 704 7 45 0 1153525 4 0 87303 36 0 12148 76 0 2496 116 0 684 2 44 0 1073429 3 0 82628 37 0 11627 77 0 2409 117 0 664 5 43 0 999894 2 0 78232 38 0 11131 78 0 2325 118 0 645 3 42 0 932327 1 0 74094 39 0 10659 79 0 2245 119 0 626 9 41 0 869327 0 0 70200 40 0 10210 80 0 2168 120 0 609 0 40 0 814000 1 0 66515 41 0 9781 81 0 2094 121 0 591 7 39 0 759391 2 0 63046
51. 2 lt lt 2 4 16 0 8 4 lt 1 lt 86 29 5 14 3x1 14 5 42 5 2451 lt 2 7 16 5 8 6 lt 1 lt 88 30 0 14 5 lt 1 lt 14 8 43 0 2 5142 9 17 0 8 8 lt 1 lt 9 1 30 5 14 8 lt lt 15 0 43 5 2 9 lt 51 lt 3 1 17 5 9 1 lt 1 lt 9 3 31 0 15 0 lt lt 152 44 0 3 1 lt 1 lt 3 3 18 0 9 3 lt 1 lt 9 5 31 5 15 2 lt lt 15 5 44 5 3 3s1 3 6 18 5 95sI 9 7 32 0 15 5 lt 1 lt 15 7 45 0 3 6 lt lt 3 8 19 0 9 7 10 0 32 5 15 7 lt lt 15 9 45 5 3 8 lt 1 lt 4 0 19 5 10 0 31 102 33 0 15 9 lt 1 lt 16 1 46 0 4 0 lt 1 lt 4 3 20 0 10 2 lt 1 lt 10 4 33 5 16 1 lt 1 lt 16 4 46 5 4 3x1 4 5 20 5 10 4 s 10 7 34 0 16 4 lt lt 16 6 47 0 4 5 lt 1 lt 4 7 21 0 10 7 lt 1 lt 10 9 34 5 16 6 lt I lt 16 8 47 5 4 7 lt 1 lt 49 21 5 10 9 lt 1 lt 11 1 35 0 16 8 lt 1 lt 17 1 48 0 4 9 lt 1 lt 5 2 22 0 11 1 lt 1 lt 11 3 35 5 17 1 lt 1 lt 17 3 48 5 5 2 lt lt 5 4 22 5 11 3 lt 1 lt 11 6 36 0 17 3 lt 1 lt 17 5 49 0 5 4 lt 1 lt 5 6 23 0 11 6 lt lt 11 8 36 5 17 5 lt 1 lt 17 7 49 5 5 6 lt lt 5 9 23 5 11 8 lt lt 12 0 37 0 17 7 lt 1 lt 18 0 50 0 5 9 lt 1 lt 6 1 24 0 12 0 31 lt 12 3 37 5 18 0 lt 1 lt 182 50 5 6 131 6 3 24 5 12 3s1 12 5 38 0 18 2 lt lt 18 4 51 0 6 3 lt lt 6 5 25 0 12 5 lt 1 lt 12 7 38 5 18 4 lt lt 18 7 51 5 6 5 lt lt 6 8 25 5 12 7 lt lt 12 9 39 0 18 7 lt lt 18 9 52 0 6 8 lt lt 7 0 26 0 12 9 81 13 2 39 5 18 9 sl 19 1 52 5 7 0S1 lt 7 2 26 5 13 2 lt lt 13 4 40 0
52. 20 10 10 4 5 s 5 o 9 0 5 1 2 5 10 Coe mh 0 0 2 0 5 4 2 5 40 Cp m h General standard for hydraulic installation The safety valve unit will fitted at the sanitary water installation A pressure reducer must be placed in the DHWT installation The nominal pressure of the safety unit will be 8 bar When the main pressure is more than 6 bar a pressure reducer should be installed The water discharge during heating expansion is normal The volume of this discharge can be up to 396 of the storage tank s capacity The pressure regulator device must be working regularly depending on the quality of water in order to remove the lime s deposits and verify that it is not blockade A water leakage in the pressure protection device can exist The discharge pipe should be always open to the atmosphere free of frost and in continuous slope to the down side Dielectric bushes must be fitted at the input and output sanitary water and at the tank circuit connections Emptying the DHWT Close the main inlet water valve and open the relief valve of the security water group SMGB0066 rev 1 03 2010 Accessories hydraulic installation 43 Water pipe H ITACH l installation Inspire the Next Senice Menuai m Ref Name i Main inlet water o e O DHWT inlet connection o e Security valve and manual empty o Emptying connection o o Che
53. 40 30 RHUE 6AHN 20 3 3 SETTING THE DIP SWITCHES Number and position of DIP switches The PCB of the Yutaki unit contains 9 DIP switches 3 DIP switches location on the PCB Lu NEP ENTE REUS No 1 No 2 No 3 LED1 O LED2 LED3 LED4 O O O SEGI SEG2 e L SEG3 SEGA SEG5 LED6 Een RSW2 SEGI H SEG2 Upper side shows unit status Lower side shows discharge H H H and suction pressure value en SEG4 SEGS alternatively 1 Status indication Press the PSW2 more than 3 seconds to change the status display mode 2 Alarm history Press the PSW1 and PSW2 together more than 3 seconds to switch to alarm history mode NOTE The mark m indicates the position of dips switches ve 1 No mark m or not available indicates pin position is not affecting The figures show the settings before shipment or after selection Not used means that the pin must not be changed A malfunction might happen if changed O NOTE account Before setting dips switches first turn the power source off Otherwise the changes will not be taken into SMGBO0066 rev 1 03 2010 Setting the DIP switches 49 Electrical wiring Service Manual HITACHI Inspire the Next DIP switch factory set for all units z Ki I oan Ria my oy Oo cas Ria DH Cas
54. 40 60 Temperature C 7 NOTE Measure the resistance at least in 2 different points which the temperature is different more than 10 C SMGB0066 rev 1 03 2010 Troubleshooting procedure 189 H ITACH I Troubleshooting Inspire the Next Service Manual Alarm code Description d Failure of water outlet temperature thermistor The alarm code is displayed on the PCB s display This alarm code is displayed when the water outlet temperature thermistor is short circuited or cut PCB monitoring position PCB2 CN13 Is connector CN13 on No PCB2 correctly connected Wiring check Repair Breaking of wire wrong wiring Y Yes Are the connectors between PCB1 and PCB2 correctly connected CN9 CN1 CN5 CN2 PCB1 PCB2 CN6 CN3 CN2 CN4 No Wiring check Repair Breaking of wire wrong wiring Y Yes Pull out connector and measure thermistor No resistance Is resistance correct Yes Replace thermistor d Check PCB1 and PCB2 Measuring the thermistor resistance value Thermistor characteristics 20 82 15 3 9 Thermistor o 10 Resistance kQ e 63 5 5 0 39 31 25 122 1 8 ar 0 0 5 20 0 20 40 60 Temperature C 7 NOTE Measure the resistance at least in 2 different po
55. 42 0 9373 82 0 2022 122 0 575 0 38 0 708806 3 0 59777 43 0 8983 83 0 1954 123 0 558 8 37 0 661924 4 0 56697 44 0 8612 84 0 1888 124 0 543 2 36 0 618451 5 0 53793 45 0 8258 85 0 1824 125 0 528 0 35 0 578119 6 0 51055 46 0 7920 86 0 1763 126 0 513 34 0 540677 7 0 48472 47 0 7598 87 0 1705 127 0 499 33 0 505902 8 0 46034 48 0 7291 88 0 1648 128 0 485 32 0 473588 9 0 43733 49 0 6998 89 0 1594 129 0 472 31 0 443546 10 0 41560 50 0 6718 90 0 1542 130 0 459 30 0 415600 11 0 39500 51 0 6450 91 0 1491 29 0 389298 12 0 37553 52 0 6195 92 0 1443 28 0 364833 13 0 35714 53 0 5951 93 0 1396 27 0 342063 14 0 33975 54 0 5718 94 0 1351 26 0 320860 15 0 32331 55 0 5495 95 0 1308 25 0 301107 16 0 30775 56 0 5282 96 0 1266 24 0 282696 17 0 29303 57 0 5078 97 0 1226 23 0 265528 18 0 27909 58 0 4883 98 0 1187 22 0 249511 19 0 26590 59 0 4696 99 0 1150 21 0 234561 20 0 25340 60 0 4518 100 0 1114 20 0 220600 21 0 24155 61 0 4347 101 0 1079 19 0 207607 22 0 23032 62 0 4184 102 0 1046 4 18 0 195459 23 0 21967 63 0 4027 103 0 1014 17 0 184096 24 0 20958 64 0 3877 104 0 982 8 16 0 173463 25 0 20000 65 0 3734 105 0 952 8 15 0 163508 26 0 19089 66 0 3596 106 0 923 9 14 0 154185 27 0 18224 67 0 3464 107 0 896 0 13 0 145450 28 0 17404 68 0 3338 108 0 869 1 12 0 137262 29 0 16624 69 0 3216 109 0 843 1 11 0 129583 30 0 15884 70 0 3100 110 0 818 0 10 0 122380 4 17 TECHNICAL DATA 4 17 1 System Controller XEK23232 A Power supply Power
56. 5 Se d Weight 5 5 kg T nde 4x87 Air fl Accessories Fixing screw x 4 M5 SUS x 20 pid Installation manual Installation restriction Guard net Air flow guide or Snow protection hood is not 9 available to install with Wind guard E Air flow Air flow 8 8c c V Air flow e Attaching example of air wind guard Attach the air flow guide to the air discharge grille with four 4 screws supplied The fixing holes are located at 4 positions on the grille Screw tightening torque 2 4 3 1N m Donotremove the air discharge grille for air flow guide installation A CAUTION Rotating fan blades Risk of cut If the air guide is installed without discharge grille it may cause injury due to rotating fan Two windguard covers installation Service space Yutaki MS fixing screw x4 Both sides of the unit should be open Accessories No obstacles should be placed in the air discharge side 275 Air discharge grille Wind guard Wind guard SMGBO0066 rev 1 03 2010 RHUE 3 6 A V HN Unit installation HA ITACHI Service Manual Inspire the Next Snow protection hood Air discharge hood Part name Qty Right side plate Left side 1 plate 500 623 Hole for safety wire 4x 7 rope to prevent overturning ae Front panel e e e OF Stay 4
57. 5 3 Mono Energetic Systems CONF 2 Summary In mono energetic systems the heat pump is supplemented by a 3 stage electric heater to provide additional heating energy to the system The Heat Pump is sized to provide around 6096 of the heating requirements on the coldest day of the year and will typically provide 90 9596 of the heating requirements over the whole heating season An electric auxiliary heater is used to provide the additional heating required on cold days Used in new builds or in boiler replacement applications Important Parameter Settings CONF 2 P1 0 1 2 according to DHW system type P2 0 1 according to whether a buffer tank hydraulic separator and secondary pump is installed P4 heating curve according to building and system characteristics P33 5K electric heater return high limit offset The Electric Heater Return High Limit is an important check to help ensure that the heat pump operates as much as possible even when higher supply temperatures are required thus emphasising energy economy operation To enable this feature parameter P33 return temperature limit offset should be set to a value of 5K Refer to the section on Electric Heater Control for more information It is also recommended to review all parameter settings and make modifications as required by the installation In order to achieve higher DHW temperatures the system can operate with an auxiliary DHW electric heater Example Mono Energe
58. 5 seconds The red LED will begin to flash When binding the RF Receiver to the Room Unit the System Controller display will show a flashing ZONE 1 meaning that the system will bind to the first heating zone by default Zone 1 is the zone controlled directly by the System Controller To bind Zone 2 the extension system press the button on the System Controller ZONE 2 will be displayed and the RF system will be bound to that zone The bound zone can be changed by following the re binding procedure on the RF SMGB0066 rev 1 03 2010 Expanding the system 127 HITACHI Inspire the Next 128 Controller pack Service Manual Receiver Room Unit and adjusting the zone selected on the System Controller display 4 22 SYSTEM MMI PACK ROOM UNIT AND RF RECEIVER 4 22 1 Room Unit installation guide 4 22 1 1 Description The Room Unit communicates with the RF Receiver on an 868MHz Radio Frequency RF band to control the Heat Pump System Controller Neither product will communicate with other RF products that use different frequencies or communication protocols The RF link between the Room Unit and RF Receiver in system packs is pre configured at the factory and therefore should be installed at the same site This makes the installation process fast and easy but if products from individual system packs are separated or mixed with other pre configured system packs during installations please refer to the section Bindin
59. 8 1 Spare parts of YUtakl isetien e reete ees ee 230 8 1 4 Cycl and estructural parts iieri reri aaae i aE a Leda dede etaed gare 230 Neuer cec 231 8 2 Spare parts of acCeseorles eene eene nter nennen nne rne nens 233 08 21 e EE enee E 233 8 2 2 DHWT Domestic Hot Water Tank nennen enne nere ennemi nnns 234 9s SENO G cii I IT ILLI LIUM 237 9 1 IRAUE S lt 6 ACV JIN DEET 239 9 1 1 REMOVING SCFVICE COVER m iS 239 9 1 2 Removing air outlet ole 239 9 1 3 REMOVING UPPER COVER cchcsccceic icin Een 240 9 1 4 Removing the lower part of service panel and rear panel rrene ne 240 9 1 5 Removing Yutaki fan motor ecoute sbeetaceossoceed NEEN NEE dee dE EEN 241 9 1 7 Removing Bu ell 242 9 1 6 Mounting Yutaki fan motor 1 ciini niriana e Een games une SEENEN EEA ET EEEN EN 242 9 1 8 Removing high pressure switch eene eene e enne nnnm nene enne ener 245 9 1 9 Opening electrical box P mounting plate enne emere ener 246 9 1 10 Removing the coils for the reversing and solenoid valves e 247 9 1 11 Removing electronic expansion valve Colle 248 9 1 12 Removing pressure Switchies eren rtt HEURE REERR H6 RR RRRRERE AE ERIT RR ERES P REMIS EPIR ERE Se ea CER ENER 249 9 1 13 Removing reversing Valve cene cetoe teniente nerit edited nd sek oem
60. A V HN Unit installation H ITACHI Service Manual Inspire the Next The foundation drawing shown previously is an example The unit is low vibration model but consider using some floor reinforcement or anti vibration mat rubber when vibration should occur due to weakness of attached surface The foundation shall be unified with the floor slab If not calculate the vibration proof of the installation of Yutaki Unit as well as of the Yutaki Unit with the foundation in order to ensure strength against a fall or for when the unit has to be moved Drain water and rainwater are discharged from the bottom of the unit when in operation as well as when stopped Choose a location with good drainage or place a water drain as in the drawing Make the foundation flat and waterproof as a water pool may appear in case of for instance rain This is a low profile product with a shallow depth It may also be able to fix on the wall as shown below when fixing only with the foundation bolt does not seem sufficiently stable depending on the conditions of the installation Metal fittings must be field supplied e Fix unit to the wall Both sides can be fixed to the wall 1 Fix the unit onto the wall as indicated Metal fittings are field supplied in the figure Stay field supplied Anti vibration rubber field supplied Apply 2 The foundation shall be strong Hi 4 when necessary enough to avoid any deformation S and vibration
61. Extraction of the PCB from the holders SMGBO0066 rev 1 03 2010 RHUE 3 6 A V HN 9 255 HITACHI Inspire the Next 256 9 1 18 Removing the ISPM The ISPM is equiped in the RHUE 5 6 AHN unit Servicing Service Manual ON NOTE A DANGER Electrical hazard Risk of death Check that the LED201 red located on the inverter module is OFF when opening the P mounting plate Do not touch the electrical components when LED201 Red located on the inverter module is ON in order to avoid an electrical shock 1 Disconnect all the wirings connected to the module Disconnect the wirings of the terminals U V W 2 Disconnect all the wirings connected to the transistor module as shown below Disconnect the wirings of connector CN2 CN206 and CN207 Disconnect the wirings from P N U V W on the transistor module Remove the four 4 fixing screws on the ISPM module to remove it LED201 SMGBO0066 rev 1 03 2010 RHUE 3 6 A V HN Several hazards Risk of malfunction Identify the terminal numbers with mark band When reassembling the terminals have to be connected to the correct numbers If incorrectly connected malfunctions or damages will occur Check to ensure that the electrical wires will not be caught between the mounting electrical components and the mounting plates when the PCB is remounted Apply silicon grease evenly on the whole
62. Fixed supplied support to the wall by using previous drill holes Use attached screws for fixing WEH to the supplied support Check that WEH are installed horizontally For cleaning use non flammable and non toxic cleaning liquid The use of flammable agents should cause explosion or fire Cleaning liquid shall be collected after cleaning Pay attention do not trapp cables when closing the electrical box cover It could cause a electric shock SMGB0066 rev 1 03 2010 Accessories Installation 29 HITACHI Inspire the Next 1 2 3 DHWT Domestic Hot Water Tank Name of parts DHWT 200 300 S 2 5H1E DHWT 200 300 E 2 5H1E Unit installation Service Manual 20 Di Gty Name Inspection aperture IHSW storage tank External covering Top cover Thermal insulation Control panel Electrical Heater Heating coil o o 0600 0 OJOJ 90 6 Sensor probe Ref Qty Name Inspection aperture HSW storage tank External covering Top cover Thermal insulation SMGB0066 rev 1 03 2010 Accessories Installation Control panel Electrical Heater Heating coil Sensor probe
63. HN 9 259 AENOR Gesti n Ambiental oe ee EE eae A d Ompe a hf Hitachi Air Conditioning Products Europe S A Ronda Shimizu 1 Polig Ind Can Torrella 08233 Vacarisses Barcelona Espa a Hitachi units certifies that our product have fulfilled EU consumer safety health and environmental requirements Hitachi Air Conditioning Products Europe S A is certified with ISO 9001 by AENOR Spain for its Quality Management accordance with the standard ISO 14001 by AENOR Spain for its Environmental Management systems accordance with the standard Hitachi fulfills with the Certification NF PAC that recognize the quality requirements for this heat pumps systems HITACHI Inspire the Next SMGBO0066 rev 1 03 2010 Printed in Spain
64. OVERRIDING THE OUTPUTS This feature allows the status of the outputs to be changed in order to test the electrical connections To enter Output Display mode from Normal Operating mode press the se and amp buttons together for at least one second The display will show HPS to indicate that the controller is in Output Display mode and shows the first output HPS and its current status 1 Use the 4 and buttons to move up or down the output list according to the table 2 To change an output use the ser button to enter Output Setting mode The value of the output will flash to show that it can now be changed To change the output value use the and buttons 3 To save the output setting press the ser button The flashing will stop to show the value has been saved and the letter F Fixed will appear to show that the output is being overridden Note that the value must be saved before it takes effect Instead to cancel the change and retain the previously stored value press the se button To cancel the manual override of an output enter the Output Setting mode and then press and together for one second The F disappears from the display to show that the output is no longer overridden At any time pressing the i button will return the display to Normal Operation mode Please refer to the electrical wiring connections to identify which relays should be connected to which output for a particular system configurat
65. PCB1 flashing gt Failure of transmission circuit on PCB1 Y Yes Reconnect CN8 on PCB1 flashing Disconnecting of the wiring between inverter PCB DIP IPM ISPM and PCB1 Does LED 7 Green flashing speed become faster than before Failure of Inverter PCB DIP IPM ISPM IS LED Green OP d gt Failure of Inverter PCB DIP IPM ISPM Y Yes i Failure of the DC Fan Motor Disconnecting or insufficient contact of the wiring between Inverter PCB DIP IPM ISPM and PCB1 Check the wiring again D PCB1 Inverter PCB DIP IPM ISPM are normal y SMGB0066 rev 1 03 2010 Troubleshooting procedure 185 Troubleshooting HITACHI Inspire the Next Service Manual Alarm code Description H Abnormality of Power Supply Phase The alarm code is displayed on the PCB s display This alarm code is displayed when the power source phases are reversely connected or one phase is not connected PCB monitoring position PCB1 PCN1 Is there any phase Yes Connect correctly each phase unconnected PCB1 is normal of the power source Y No Reverse phase connection Yes Connect correctly each phase Only 3 phases model PCBA is normal of the power source No Failure of PCB1 or the power Source voltage too much low See below e
66. PHEX flow direction ON ON Counter flow Yutaki DW 6 HP unit OOS 1234 1234 e DSW3 unit control configuration Function Set PINs ON Yutaki unit BD 3 1234 Available low ambient for cooling Donn mode Not available 1234 Heati ly Not used UND eating on ot use ing only Wor used 1234 Set temp by rotary switch doou Commissioning 1234 Set temp by system controller TOUR 4 to 20 mA 1234 DSW4 unit model confgurations Function Set PINs Function Set PINs Not used Not used Not used Not used Heat pump R410A 51 HITACHI Inspire the Next e DSW5 H LINK available settings e DSWE6 end resistance fuse recovery e DSW7 unit control configuration e DSWS Pd DSWO9 Ps setting Pd Ps pressure sensor type SMGB0066 rev 1 03 2010 Setting the DIP switches Function Set PINs ON Not used NDDD 1234 ON Not used UNN 1234 Function Set PINs ON Not used Ad 12 ON Not used OW 12 Function Set PINs ON Three phase BUE 1234 Single ph Rood ingle phase HS 1234 ON Not used m 1234 ON Inverter compresor Dn 1234 Cancel zero reset expansion ON valve q d a H ON Liquid injection enable Dans 1234 Function Set PINs ON Not used uum 1234 ON Pressure sensor R410A hl Electrical wiring Service Manual Electrical wiring Service Manual HITACHI Inspire the Next e Jumper lead setting JP2 Automatic resta
67. Pressure MPa g NOTE Incase that the low pressure is higher than 2 2 MPa segment shows 2 2 MPa In this case connect a pressure gauge to high pressure check joint check the pressure shown in the gauge SMGB0066 rev 1 03 2010 Troubleshooting procedure 199 HITACHI Inspire the Next 200 Troubleshooting Service Manual Alarm code Description el LI LL Failure of suction gas pressure sensor Open Short The alarm code is displayed on the PCB s display This alarm code is displayed when the low pressure sensor is short circuited or cut PCB monitoring position PCB1 CN3 No Wiring check Repair Is the low pressure sensor correctly connected to connector CN3 on the PCB1 Ec Y Yes Breaking of wire wrong wiring Is the high pressure sensor correctly connected to connector CN4 on the PCB1 vise Los Y Yes Is low pressure sensor output character and high pressure sensor display value Yes ae Wiring check Repair Breaking of wire wrong wiring Failure of component on PCB1 Pd proper during compressor stop See table about sensor characteristics y No TES PCB1 5V Replace PCB1 Failure of low pressure sensor Is the voltage between VCCO5T and GND1 on Refer to voltage test position i age No Replace low pressure sens
68. Quick start installation steps ssssssssssssssssssssesene eene nennen nn en nnne nnne ennt nsns nenne nen nn ses 74 4 1 6 Abbreviations amp terminology esssesese eene nennen enne enne n err en nene nnn nenne 75 4 2 MOUNTING esses ien d eee E Exo Hate cepa cd e Ru E e ERR ER e Re a ERR Re duit Poe x ABRE eT MAREC 75 4 2 1 Fitting or removing the front COVER siseseid raietan daseecedsndesesedendacdedessadeedecnedeuers 75 4 2 2 Wall MOUNTING 0 0 2c ce cece cece cece ee cee ee eec ae ce eee ee eaececeeecaaaeeeeeseseaaeeeeeeseaaeaeeeesecseaeeeeeseeaaeaeeeeseaeaeeeeseseeeeeeess 76 4 2 3 Mounting on EI UE 76 4 3 Mounting the Sensots i cde eed eese ie i ee eb eee EE eee eR eee tu Eu o EE Ee eh EY dide 77 4 3 1 Water Temperature SenSOr ee Leti e eE nee dg i eae eee eee 77 4 3 2 Outside Temperature Sensor cece eeeceecaeeeeeeseeaeceeeesecaeaeeeeeececaeeeeseseaaeaeeeesecaeaeeeeseseesaeeeees 77 ee MEE cuc in ME 78 44 1 MWitilig access POMS cana reete atest ea Pear tiec t eredi dace Fake a Festa etse T esee de 79 4 4 2 WINING COMMECHONS cc2ccciisecccieecceeecdd 79 4 4 3 System component Connections nennen ennemis nnne nennen nene entren 80 44 4 System ee ue WC EE 84 4 5 Application configurations nennen nm ener nennen nenne rent eren enne 87 4 5 1 Principle of bi valent or mono energetic operaiion emnes 88 4 5 2 Mono Valent Systems CONF
69. RHUE 5 6 AHN Three phase e RHUE 3 6 AHN Single phase Voltage for unit to Voltage for unit to be suspended be suspended Running voltage 4 Running voltage 342 to 456V 207 to 253V gt n gt Setting voltage Setting voltage Less than 323V Less than 187V SMGB0066 rev 1 03 2010 Troubleshooting procedure 186 Troubleshooting Service Manual HITACHI Inspire the Next Alarm code Description 11 Excessively low voltage or excessively high voltage for the inverter LL RHUE 3 6 AVHN The alarm code is displayed on the PCB s display The alarm appears after 3 retries during 30 minutes This alarm code is displayed when the voltage between terminal P and N of DIP IPM is insufficient Retry code P 18 WARNING A Electrical hazard Risk of electrical shock Be extremely carefull because of the high voltage Restart the operation Y No Is the Power Supply voltage 230V x10960 No Is the voltage over 187V during operation Y Yes Does the voltage fall during the operation because of the operation of other apparatus No Yes Does LED201 on DIP e How is the Compressor stops IPM ON after compressor s compressor Ke immediately Faulty DIP IPM magnetic contactor CMC pees Replace it turn ON operation Lower than 20 Hz Check the wiring and the A cable capacity Frequency can
70. Static electricity Malfunction The electronic components within the System Controller are susceptible to damage Touch an earthed piece of metal to discharge static electricity from your body Incorret wiring Electrical damage A short circuit or incorrect installation will damage the system controller The terminal blocks The terminal blocks A B and C have the same terminals and are suitable for wires from 0 3 to 1 6mm The earth connector block D is suitable for wires from 0 3 to 2 7mm7 NOTE an appropriate cover as necessary In some applications there may be several input and output cables that cannot be connected directly within the system controller terminal blocks In such cases it is recommended that a separate wiring centre is used with SMGBO0066 rev 1 03 2010 Electrical wiring 79 Controller pack HITACHI Inspire the Next 80 Service Manual Mains power supply Terminal block B The mains power connection 230VAC is wired to connector block B terminals 13 and 15 Terminal 13 and 14 are internally connected Nee N S L use Earth terminals Terminal block D The earth wires coming from the mains power cable and the pump mixing valve heat pump and boiler can be combined and connected to connector block D All three terminals are internally connected Li 4 4 5 System component connections Heat pump The System Controller co
71. This function helps prevent damage to floor heating systems by very high temperatures TMIX P6 Pump switched off mixing valve closed TMIX P6 5K Returns to normal control Parameter Setting P6 Maximum Supply Temperature 7 NOTE Afault code is displayed when the maximum limit is exceeded 4 4 12 4 Mixing Valve Opening Delay Configuration Specific This function only applies to configurations 4 and 5 CONF 4 5 Function With some boilers especially oil boilers there is a risk of unwanted liquid condensation on the gas side of the boiler heat exchanger if the temperature falls below the water condensation temperature This can cause reduced boiler life In these situations it is desirable to allow the boiler heat exchanger to warm up before the heating circuit water is circulated through the heat exchanger This function prevents the mixing valve opening until after the boiler has been switched on for a set period of time parameter P35 The recommended setting will depend on the size and type of boiler delay time can be set between 1 and 20 minutes Parameter Setting P35 Mixing Valve Opening Delay Time default OFF ON NOTE If P35 is set to OFF this function is disabled SMGB0066 rev 1 03 2010 Mixing valve control functions 115 H ITACH I Controller pack Inspire the Next Service Manual 4 13 GENERAL FUNCTIONS 4 13 1 System Frost Protection Func
72. are hot at a temperature that is higher than 90 C Do not touch any electrical components for more than three minutes after turning OFF the main switch Make sure that the stop valve of the gas line and the stop valve of the liquid line are fully open Checking procedure 1 Make sure that the stop valve of the gas line and the stop valve of the liquid line are fully open 2 Make sure that there is no refrigerant leakage The flare nuts sometimes loosen because of the vibration during the transportation 3 Make sure that the switch on the main power source has been ON for more than twelve hours in order to warm the compressor oil by means of the oil heater 4 Check whether or not the electrical wiring of the Yutaki is connected as shown in chapter 3 Electrical Wiring 5 Make sure that each wire terminal is correctly connected at the power source 7 NOTE Make sure that the field supplied electrical components main switch fuse fuse free breaker earth leakage breaker wires and terminals have been properly selected according to the electrical data in the technical catalog of the unit Also make sure that the field supplied electrical components comply with both national and local codes Use the shielded cables for the field wiring in order to avoid electrical noise The length of the shielded cable should be less than 1000m The size of shielded cable should comply with local codes SMGB00
73. can be a short delay in response between a room setpoint change and the system controller changing the supply setpoint 4 7 2 2 Room Temperature Compensation Function If room compensation is enabled the calculated OTC supply setpoint is adjusted based on the difference between room temperature and room setpoint in order to reduce the room error The amount of room influence can be adjusted by the room temperature compensation factor setting Parameter Setting P7 Room Compensation Factor default value 2 To increase or decrease the amount of room compensation adjust the room compensation factor A higher value will give more priority to the room temperature error and a lower value will mean the controller follows more closely the selected heating curve SMGB0066 rev 1 03 2010 Heating control functions 95 H ITACH I Controller pack Inspire the Next Service Manual Example P7 2 SR1 room setpoint 20 TR1 room temperature 23 gt S1 supply setpoint reduced by 2 23 20 6K Enable Disable To disable room compensation completely set P7 0 It is also recommended to change the setting 8 Su 1 on the room unit This will prevent the room temperature being transmitted to the System Controller and the room temperature will not be displayed to the end user on the Room Unit Please refer to the System MMI Pack Installation and Operation Manual for further details ON NOTE Room compe
74. changed it will cause serious injury or death due to explosion Do not attempt to turn service valve rod beyond its stop Terminals HITACHI Inspire the Next High pressure switch structure Contact point Pressure detection Faston terminals High pressure switch SMGB0066 rev 1 03 2010 RHUE 3 6 A V HN HITACHI Inspire the Next 9 1 9 Opening electrical box P mounting plate 1 Remove the service cover according to the section Removing the service cover in this chapter Remove the five 5 screws fixing the electrical box Open the P mounting plate by rotating it 90 degrees to the left A DANGER Electrical hazard Risk of death Check that the LED201 red located on the inverter module is OFF when opening the P mounting plate Do not touch the electrical components when LED201 Red located on the inverter module is ON in order to avoid an electrical shock P Mounting plate Bess SI 2 screws IS
75. characteristic curve is less steep compared to smaller heating surfaces eg radiators Typically a well insulated modern building with underfloor heating would use a heating curve value of 0 4 0 6 and one with radiator heating a value of around 1 6 Parameter Settings P4 OTC Heating Curve Gradient default value 1 1 The graph shows the supply water temperature setpoint when the room setpoint 20 C and no room compensation is applied SMGB0066 rev 1 03 2010 Heating control functions Controller pack HITACHI Service Manual Inspire the Next Supply water temperature C Outside Temperature C Example P4 1 1 TEXT outside temperature 0 C SR1 room setpoint 20 C gt From graph S1 supply setpoint 49 C 4 7 2 1 Room Setpoint Parallel Shift Function 4 At different times of the day according to the time programme in the Room Unit the room temperature setpoint will cause a parallel shift of the heating curve The change in supply setpoint due to the room setpoint is dependant on the actual value of the outside temperature and the selected heating curve Example P4 1 1 TEXT outside temperature 0 C SR1 room setpoint 18 C gt S1 supply setpoint 45 C In this case for a 2K change in room setpoint the supply setpoint is changed by 4 K 7 NOTE The room setpoint value is sent from the Room Unit to the System Controller by a wireless signal There
76. due to insufficient Check the pressure level system admission pressure and increase to the admissible range There is a foreign body inside the pump housing or impeller Disassemble the pump head and remove the foreign body There is air in the pump Vent the pump unit Shut off valves are not fully open Open the shut off valves fully Pump output too low Wrong pumping direction There is a foreign body inside the pump housing or impeller Disassemble the pump head and remove the foreign body Exchange the pump pressure and suction sides Observe the arrow indicating direction on the pump housing Shut off valves are not fully open Open the shut off valves fully Wrong direction of rotation Correct the electrical connection in the terminal box Motor is switched on but fails Elektrical fuse faulty has switched off Change fuse switch on electrical connection Should the fuse blow several times in a row Check the pump for electrical faults Check the pump mains cable and electrical connection Residual current operated circuit breaker has tiggered Switch residual current operated circuit breakes back on Should the circuit breaker trip several times in arow Check the pump for electrical faults to run Check the pump mains cable and electrical connection Undervoltage Check the voltage at the pump observe rating plate dat
77. for Heat Pump blocking 3 DHW is blocked DHW is enabled 4 DHW is enabled DHW is blocked 7 NOTE The tariff timer input can be used for DHW time switching OR Heat Pump blocking not both SMGB0066 rev 1 03 2010 DHW control functions 103 Controller pack HITACHI Inspire the Next 104 Service Manual 4 9 HEATPUMP CONTROL FUNCTIONS 4 9 1 Heatpump Control Function The System Controller normally switches the heat pump on when there is a demand from the heating or the DHW circuit The Heat Pump on off output of the System Controller is connected to the Remote on off input of the heat pump The heat pump will start the water circulation pump primary pump when the remote on off input is switched on and enable its internal control of the compressor and heat pump system components The System Controller switches the heat pump off when the outdoor temperature TEXT 20 C adjustable see Heat Pump operating limits or the return water temperature gt 60 C adjustable see Heat Pump Return High Limit or heat pump blocking is active tariff timer input OH NOTE The compressor will not always run when the remote on off signal is switched on by the System Controller The Heat Pump has an internal control function thermo off which will switch the compressor off when the target water temperature is exceeded The compressor will also be switched off when there is an internal heat p
78. for a certain time to prevent too fast switching This time is the Inter Stage Waiting Time parameter EP20 SMGB0066 rev 1 03 2010 Electric heater control functions 111 Controller pack HITACHI Inspire the Next 112 Service Manual Parameter Settings EP2 Integral Factor Required Load Boiler Electric Heater Control default 2 5 Kmin EP16 Proportional Band Required Load Boiler Electric Heater Control default 6 K 100 EP20 Inter Stage Waiting Time default 10 sec EP31 supply Setpoint Control Offset default 4 K It is not normally recommended to change these parameters They have been selected during laboratory tests for best performance in most situations Correct positioning of the Supply Temperature Sensor close to the outlet of the Electric Heater should result in good control performance If necessary adjusting these parameters can correct unstable control behaviour in certain circumstances ON NOTE Engineering Parameters EP are only available for service engineers 4 11 2 Supply Return Difference Check Function This function helps prevent the electric heater operating unless the heat pump is already providing heat When the heat pump is in thermo off state compressor off or in defrost the difference between the supply temperature TSUP and return temperature TRET will be small or negative in case of defrost since no heating is provided The electric heater is prevent
79. if all three terminals have 100 KQ or greater 13 Contrary to 12 touch of the tester to DIP IPM DCL2 terminal and to N of DIP IPM soldered part to measure the resistance Normal if all three terminals have 10 kQ or greater Resistance gradually increases during measurement HITACHI Inspire the Next SCH cata SEE Contact with specified terminals to measure Tester HM T LI LL External Appearance and Internal Circuit of Transistor Module D otit Contact with specified terminals Tester to measure SMGB0066 rev 1 03 2010 Checking procedure for main parts 219 Troubleshooting HITACHI Inspire the Next Service Manual 7 4 2 RHUE 5 6 AHN Procedure for checking the ISPM Remove all the terminals of the ISPM before check If items a to h are performed and the results are satisfactory ISPM is normal Measure it under 1 kO range of a tester A WARNING Electrical hazard Risk of electr
80. increase higher than 60 Hz No Is connection correctly Le Compressor stops when frequency increases Aprox 20 Hz to 60 Hz between DIP IPM and No S 7 capacitors CB1 and CB2 onnect correctly DCL or CMC 7 Yes Faulty Is the DC voltage over 240V gt Check capacitors CB1 2 ki Replace the capacitors Normal No Capacitors have high voltage Be extremely carefull 1 Faulty DIP IPM Replace it Check the wiring DIP IPM Y x and capacitors CB1 2 2 1 If the capacitor has a high voltage perform the high voltage discharge pocedure In case the wiring is correct replace the DIP IPM Refer to section RHUE 3 6 AVHN Procedure for checking the DIP IPM 2 Checking procedures of the diode module are displayed in item RHUE 3 6 AVHN Procedure for checking the DIP IPM SMGB0066 rev 1 03 2010 Troubleshooting procedure 187 HITACHI Inspire the Next Troubleshooting Service Manual Alarm code Description pt it Excessively low voltage or excessively high voltage for the inverter RHUE 5 6 AHN The alarm code is displayed on the PCB s display of the outdoor unit The alarm appears after 3 retries during 30 minutes This alarm code is displayed when the voltage between terminal P and N of ISPM is insufficient Re
81. is stopped by an abnormal reason like fan motor lock Restart operation Yes This alarm is indicated due to detected overcurrent by the contrary wind This is No normal Does the motor run Alarm code is not indicated Yes Does the fan stop by the foreign matter We Check the connector connection of CN14 and CN15 on PCB1 and CN201 CN202 PCN201 PCN203 on PCB3 4 Faulty 4 Are the connectors abnormal gt gt Connect it correctly Good y Remove the foreign matter Restart operation i Yes lt Does the motor run gt This is normal No Replace the fan motor Restart operation Yes Does the motor run gt y This is normal No Alarm code is not indicated ON NOTE Check to ensure that DC Fan motor is checked according to the section Fault diagnosis of DC fan motor Replace the PCB1 In the case that the fan motor does not run even the PCB1 is replaced replace fan inverter PCB PCB4 5 SMGB0066 rev 1 03 2010 Troubleshooting procedure Troubleshooting H ITACHI Service Manual Inspire the Next Alarm code Description H No feed back signal from water pump The alarm code is displayed on the PCB s display Itis available once feedback signal confirmed
82. item displayed To finish changing to predetermined setting The chart of setting operation is shown below BEF ENU BE PSW2 8 PSWI PSW2 T ee STT PSW1 Value up PSW2 Value down 5 5 POWER SAVE MODE When power save mode is selected with DSW4 6 ON the frequency upper limit for each HP changes from Standard gt Power Saver e frequency upper limit lowers by 10 This mode only changes the frequency upper limit of the compressor and does not affect to other configurations DSW ON OFF determination is performed only immediately after the Power activation SMGB0066 rev 1 03 2010 Power save mode Test run HITACHI Service Manual Inspire the Next 6 TEST RUN CONTENTS 6 1 Checking procedure before the test run 156 6 2 Test run procedure for Yutaki sss eene reet nnn nennen ennemis 158 6 2 1 System controller testing nice erede utei pacte nuces iiia tua o a Fa as ER c FE ae dena n esae dai eed a ado 160 SMGB0066 rev 1 03 2010 Contents 155 Test run HITACHI Inspire the Next Service Manual 6 1 CHECKING PROCEDURE BEFORE THE TEST RUN When you have finished the installation perform the test run according to the following procedure After performing the test run hand over the system to the customer Perform the test run of the Yutaki one by one Make sure that the electrical wiring and the refrigerant piping are correctly connected You should
83. of PCB Check PCB through its self diagnostic mode Replace PCB if it failed Incorrect wiring connection Take action according to the procedure that is displayed in TEST RUN SMGB0066 rev 1 03 2010 Initial troubleshooting 167 HITACHI Inspire the Next 168 7 1 2 Abnormal operation of the devices Troubleshooting Service Manual Observed failure Cause Check item Action Turn OFF the main switch Cooling mode 1 minute power on Insufficient air flow to the heat exchanger clogging of the air side heat exchanger Remove the clogging Obstacles at the inlet or the outlet of the airside heat exchanger Remove the obstacles Is the service area for the unit sufficient Make sure the service area correct fan speed Replace the fan motor Excesive inlet air temperature at the airside exchanger Short circuited air to the unit Remove the cause of the shor circuit air Any heating source near to the unit Remove the heat source Excessively charged refrigerant Expansion valve opening amp sub cool Correctly charge the refrigerant Excessively high discharge Non condensed gas during the cycle Check each temperature and each pressure Charge the refrigerant after the vacuum pumping pressure high pressure switch activated Discharge pipe clogged Check the clogging Remove the clogging Clo
84. of transformer Yes on PCB1 breaking Are the connectors between PCB1 and PCB2 correctly connected PCB1 CN9 CN1 PCB2 No CN5 CN2 No Replace transformer SMGB0066 rev 1 03 2010 Troubleshooting procedure gt Check wiring and connector Troubleshooting Service Manual HITACHI Inspire the Next Alarm code Description Iu Condenser water failure this alarm is not available in this unit This alarm code is displayed when the contact between 1 and 2 of CN7 is not closed PCB monitoring position PCB1 CN7 Is the connector CN7 on No PCB1 correctly connected Wiring check repair Are the connectors between PCB1 and PCB2 correctly connected PCB1 PCB2 No Breaking of wire wrong wiring Wiring check Repair CN5 CN2 CN2 E CN3 EE CN4 Is the voltage between VCC24N and GND2 on PCB1 Yes Breaking of wire wrong wiring 24V refer to voltage test position y No Is the voltage output of the Yes Replace PCB2 transformer secondary side correctly output y No Is the wiring of transformer Yes wi Failure of power supply circuit on PCB1 gt Replace transformer breaking No gt Check wiring and connector SMGB0066 rev 1 03 2010 Troubleshooting procedure 213 HITACHI Inspire the N
85. or internal leakage of the 4 way Replace the 4 way valve valve Cooling mode Excessively high Excessively high suction Gas leakage or discharge c Replace the 4 way valve 1 minute power on gas temperature insufficient refrigerant gas temperature Td thermistor failure Measure Ne termistor Replace thermistor resistence Failure solenoid valve for Check the solenoid valve Replace the solenoid liquid injection activation valve Clogging of the liquid injection capillary tube Check for clogging Replace capilary Check water freezing or Removes the clogging Pump block clogging Blown out fuse at the pump suction Over current of the pump Check pump current Replace the pump Check inlet and outlet Insufficient water flow water temperature Increase the water flow difference Pump reverse rotation Check pump running Connect correctly the direction pump wiring Check air purger Empty the air contained Air mixed in the water Measure the thermistor Replace the thermistor Water inlet and outlet temperature themistor failure i resistance Pump reverse rotation e e Change rotation direction Freeze protection control activated Check that water outlet Water outlet temperature excessively low temperature is not out of Check correct installation working range T Clogging of the water strainer Check the water strainer Remove the clogging Clogging of the water side heat exchanger treat uio w
86. po 4 Activation of freeze protection control water outlet The alarm code is displayed on the PCB s display This alarm code is displayed when the chilled water temperature is lower than 2 C PCB monitoring position PCB2 CN13 Is connector CN13 on the P No B Bu ee PCB2 correctly connected ri Breaking OL WITS wrong wiring Y Yes Is the actual water temperature and the Yes gt Check the water flow rate temperature shown in Check temperature of Outlet segment eL gt Check pump reverse rotation o ER i Check water strainer clogging ER i Check air mixing i Check 4 way valve Are the connectors between PCB1 and PCB2 correctly connected No Wiring check Repair CN9 CN1 Breaking of wire wrong CN5 CN2 wiring PCB1 PCB2 CN6 CN3 CN2 CN4 Yes Pull out connector and measure thermistor No e resistance Replace thermistor Is resistance correct Yes gt Check PCB1 and PCB2 SMGB0066 rev 1 03 2010 Troubleshooting procedure 192 Troubleshooting HITACHI Service Manual Inspire the Next EE Description H Excessively high water temperature compressor running The alarm code is displayed on the PCB s display This alarm code is displayed when the water temperature is above 59 C during compressor operation Only heating operation
87. position is not affecting ON NOTE Before setting dips switches firstly turn off power source and set the position of the dips switches If the switches are set without turning off the power source the contents of the setting are invalid Segment Indication SEG1 SEG2 Unit Status Discharge and Suction pressure value SEG3 SEG4 SEG5 alternatively Switch indication DSW1 Optional functions DSW2 Unit control configuration Unit HP DSW3 Unit control configuration DSW4 Unit model configuration DSW5 Not used DSW6 End resistance Fuse recovery DSW7 Unit control configuration DSW8 Setting Pd Pressure Sensor Type DSW9 Setting Ps Pressure Sensor Type Rotatory switch RSW1 amp RSW2 Heating setting temperature RSW3 amp RSW4 Not used SSW UP Temp DOWN Temp Jumper setting JP2 Cut Re Start after power failure SMGB0066 rev 1 03 2010 Yutaki unit PCB 144 Controller pack Service Manual 4 25 SAFETY AND CONTROL DEVICE SETTING HITACHI Inspire the Next MODEL RHUE3AVHN RHUE4AVHN RHUES5A V HN RHUE6A V HN For compressor Pressure switches Automatic Reset Non Adjustable one per unit HIGH Cut Out MPa cues mE 445 7 415 22 Cut In MPa 3 20 0 15 3 2040 15 3 2040 15 3 20 0 15 Fuse 1 230V 50Hz A 40 40 50 50 3N 400V 50Hz A 2x20 2x20 Oil Heate
88. rear side of the diode module and the transistor module when mounting Silicon grease is available as a field supplied accessory ISPM module 4 fixing screws Servicing Service Manual 9 1 19 Removing the DIP IPM The DIP IPM is equiped in the RHUE 3 6 AVHN units HITACHI Inspire the Next 7 NOTE Several hazards Risk of malfunction A DANGER Electrical hazard Risk of death Check that the LED201 red located on the inverter module is OFF when opening the P mounting plate Do not touch the electrical components when LED201 Red located on the inverter module is ON in order to avoid an electrical shock 1 Disconnect all the wirings connected to the module Disconnect the wirings of the terminals U V W 2 Disconnect all the wirings connected to the module Remove the four 4 fixing screws on the DIP IPM module to remove it Identify the terminal numbers with mark band When reassembling the terminals have to be connected to the correct numbers If incorrectly connected malfunctions or damages will occur Check to ensure that the electrical wires will not be caught between the mounting electrical components and the mounting plates when the PCB is remounted Apply silicon grease evenly on the whole rear side of the diode module and the transistor module when mounting Silicon grease is available as a field supplied accessory
89. return temperature is too high for heat 15 1 OFF Limit Offset OFF pump operation DHW Electric Heater Sets the time to wait after starting to heat the P34 Waiting Time not 12 DHW tank before enabling the special output for 0 60 1 45min available if P1 0 DHW electric heater enable Mixing Valve Openin For solid fuel or oil fired boilers Prevents the 4 then P35 g H 9 45 mixing valve opening for the set delay time to 20 1 OFF Delay Time OFF allow the boiler to heat up minutes CONF Only parameters that are allowed in a particular configuration are shown on the display SMGB0066 rev 1 03 2010 Parameter tables Controller pack HITACHI Service Manual Inspire the Next 4 14 2 Engineering Parameters Function Engineering Parameters EP are provided for service engineers or the manufacturer to make adjustments that may be required to fix difficult or unusual problems They are accessed in a similar way to the installer parameters via the front panel keypad Setting Instructions To enter Engineering Parameter Display mode from the Normal Operation mode press the amp ang buttons together for at least one second The display will show EP1 or EP2 or EP5 depending on the system configuration to indicate that the System Controller is in Engineering Parameter Display mode and shows the parameter abbreviation and its current setting 1 Use the and buttons to move up or dow
90. sets a supply setpoint equal to DHW setpoint DHW supply offset P12 The DHW loading is complete when the DHW temperature rises above the DHW setpoint Supply Setpoint for DHW loading DHW setpoint DHW Supply Offset P12 DSET DHW setpoint P10 SDHW Supply Setpoint for DHW loading TDHW DHW tank temperature Diagram TCC DHW loading starts power on or DHW timer signal Supply water temperature set to P10 P12 Supply Water S W T Temperature Wien aerer DHW tank temperature TDHW rises above P10 DHW loading stops P12 Supply water temperature is determined by heating circuit requirements DHW tank temperature TDHW falls below P10 P11 P11 DHW loading starts I f gt Supply water temperature set to valve P10 P12 OH NOTE The Heat Pump outlet temperature setpoint will be equal to the Supply Water Temperature Setpoint P31 Heat Pump supply offset to account for pipe losses The Heat Pump outlet temperature setpoint is always limited to 55 C or 50 C depending on the outside temperature P10 TDHW time Parameter Settings P10 DHW setpoint default 45 C P11 DHW differential default 5K P12 DHW supply offset default 10K SMGB0066 rev 1 03 2010 DHW control functions Controller pack HITACHI Service Manual Inspire the Next Configuration Specific CONF 1 2 Heat Pump heats the DHW storage tank directly If the
91. situations when the heatpump is unable to fully load the DHW tank The Heat Pump is not able to heat the DHW tank to high temperatures by itself because its output is limited The maximum temperature to which the heat pump can raise the DHW tank is defined as DSET HP the maximum temperature to which the heat pump can heat the DHW tank Heat Pump maximum supply temperature EP29 or EP33 EP39 IF DSET P10 is set less than this value then the DHW electric heater operates as in situation 1 below IF DSET P10 is greater than this value then the DHW electric heater operates as in situation 2 below Situation 1 If after the DHW electric heater waiting time the DHW temperature has not P10 DSET HP reached the DHW setpoint the DHW electrical heater enable output is switched on The electrical heater operates on its own thermostat to raise the temperature of the DHW tank T C Supply Water Temperature P10 TOHW DHWEledris P34 Lp Heater used 1 i d D II E time After the waiting time P34 the DHW Electric Heater i enabled SMGB0066 rev 1 03 2010 DHW control functions 100 Controller pack HITACHI Service Manual Inspire the Next Situation 2 The Heat Pump is used to heat the DHW tank to the temperature DSET_HP Then P10 gt DSET_HP the DHW electric heater is switched on to heat the DHW tank to the temperature DSET With slow reductions in DHW temperature the DHW electric heater is switched on ag
92. strainer Replace the strainer Water scale is attached in the water side heat exchanger Check the heat exchanger Chemical cleaning Malfunction or internal leakage of the 4 way valve Check the difference temp between inlet amp outlet of the 4 way valve Replace the 4 way valve Wiring failure of the 4 way valve Check the electrical continuity at the termilnals Repair wiring or replace 4 way valve Failure compressor Check pressure cycle temperature amp running current Replace the compressor Unit is running but does not make any sound Unit propeller fan is hitting the shroud Visually inspect it Adjust the position of the propeller fan Abnormal sound form the compressor Faulty installation Check that each part is tightly fixed Tightly fix each part Liquid ref compression Wear or breakage of the internal compressor parts Adjust the suction gas temperature and pressure Abnormal sound from the inside of the compressor Ensure super heat Replace the compressor No heat by the oil heater Check the resistance of the oil heater and it s fuse Replace the oil heater and the fuse Humming sound from the magnetic conductor Check the surface of the contacts Replace the magnetothermic switch Abnormal vibration of the cabinets Check each fixing screw Tightly fix each screw SMGB0066 rev 1 03 2010 Initial
93. system frost protection is active the secondary pump continues to run If the system uses a DHW diverting valve and DHW storage tank loading is active then the secondary pump continues to run since it is also used for the DHW loading Parameter Settings P2 Secondary Pump Selection default 0 no secondary pump P3 Pump Overrun Time default 2 min SMGB0066 rev 1 03 2010 Heating control functions Controller pack H ITACHI Service Manual Inspire the Next e Configuration Specific CONF 1 2 If a buffer tank or hydraulic separator is used between the Heat Pump and the heating circuit it is necessary to set parameter P2 1 to enable control of the secondary pump CONF 3 4 5 Secondary pump control is always enabled CONF 4 5 If the mixed circuit maximum temperature limit is active then the secondary pump is switched off 4 7 5 Automatic No Load Function e Function When the calculated supply temperature setpoint from OTC heating curve room setpoint shift room compensation shift is less than the room temperature then the heating circuit can be switched off to save energy A switching differential of 1K is applied Algorithm OTC supply setpoint lt room temperature TR1 1K gt No Load condition is active OTC supply setpoint gt room temperature TR1 1K gt No Load condition is not active When the No Load condition is active the heating circuit is switched off Parameter Settings P30 No Load Fun
94. temperature heat pump sensor offset This means that when the heatpump should normally be able to meet the heating demand on its own the electric heater waiting time applies but when the supply setpoint is so high that the heat pump cannot meet the heating demand on its own the waiting time does not apply Parameter Settings P19 Waiting Time for Electric Heater default 30min A higher value of P19 will reduce the number of times that the electric heater is used at lower supply setpoints but the desired supply temperature may not be reached quickly if there is a high heating load slower response Conversely a lower value of P19 will increase the number of times the electric heater is used at lower supply setpoints but ensure that the desired supply temperature is reached more quickly better response 4 11 4 Electric Heater Return High Limit Check Function The return high limit check is used to help ensure that the heat pump operates as much as possible even when higher supply temperatures are required thus emphasising energy economy operation The electric heater is disabled when the return water temperature TRET rises above the maximum heat pump outlet temperature minus the return limit offset P33 A 0 5K control differential applies TRET gt Heat Pump maximum supply temperature P33 0 5K Electric Heater disabled 4 TRET Heat Pump maximum supply temperature P33 0 5K Electric Heater enabled Since the
95. that the Room Unit is communicating with the RF Receiver To do this change the temperature setpoint on the Room Unit to the maximum or minimum value and check that the heat pump reacts appropriately 4 20 3 REVIEWING THE OPERATIONAL DATA The table below shows the values that are available to be viewed during Normal Operation mode These can be shown by pressing the i button Normal Operation mode e Wl CIJ cct Ti D Abbr Operational Data Units CONF TEXT Outdoor temperature C 12345 TSUP Supply water temperature C 12345 9 S TMIX Zone1 Mixed supply temperature C 45 3 E TRET Return temperature C 12345 TDHW DHW temperature C 123 5 TR1 Room temperature C 12345 V Mixing valve position 45 FAUL Fault status 12345 2 SSUP Overall system supply setpoint C 12345 S S1 Zone supply setpoint C 12345 SR1 Zone1 room setpoint C 12345 5 S2 Zone2 supply setpoint C 12345 E DSET DHW setpoint C 123 5 spHw DHW supply setpoint C 123 5 O NOTE Zone 1 is the heating loop controlled by the System Controller Zone 2 is the heating loop controlled by the Extension Controller Operational data shown depends on the system configuration CONF setting SMGB0066 rev 1 03 2010 System testing 125 Controller pack HITACHI Inspire the Next 126 Service Manual 4 20 4 MANUALLY
96. the electronic expansion valve by cooling with wet cloth Protect the connecting wires and pipe insulation from brazing flame Reassemble the parts in the reverse order of removing procedures SMGBO0066 rev 1 03 2010 RHUE 3 6 A V HN High pressure switch Servicing Service Manual Perform the brazing with a blowtorchto remove and reassemble the reversing valve by cooling the pipes first with wet cloth in order to avoid brazing material entering the reversing valve Reassemble the parts in the reverse order of removing procedures contained in this chapter When SFV is removed fix it according to the section Removing the Reversing Valve and the Solenoid Valve contained in this chapter Pressure switch B 4 way valve Cover by wet cloth Reversing valve 2 Expansion valves Servicing Service Manual 9 1 15 Removing solenoid valve 1 Remove the service cover and the rear service panel according to the sections Removing Service Cover and Removing lower part of service panel and rear panel described in this chapter Collect the refrigerant from the check joint according to the section Removing compressor in this chapter Remove the solenoid valve coil according to the section Removing coils for reversing valve and solenoid valve SVA1 SVA2 and SVF in this chapter Remove the brazing and flare nuts as shown in
97. the air short circuit Check the evaporating thermistor Repair short circuit Replace the thermistor Check the 4 way valve Replay 4 way valve Shortage of waterflow Check the difference of temperature between inelet outlet of the unit Increase the water flow Pump reverse rotation Check the rotation direction Correct the direction Excessively high Air mixing in the water discharge pressure Check air purger Empty the air contained Excessively high hot water temperature Refrigerant excessively discharged Check the water thermistor of the unit Check refrigerant cycle temperature Replace the water thermistor or PCB Charge the correct quantity SMGB0066 rev 1 03 2010 Initial troubleshooting Troubleshooting Service Manual Abnormal operation of the devices Cont HITACHI Inspire the Next Observed failure Cause Check item Action Turn OFF the main switch Insufficient heating process Excessively high discharge pressure Non condensable gas in the refrigerant cycle Turn off the unit amp check the relation between temperature and pressure Evacuate and charge refrigerant again Clogging of the high pressure pipe Check the clogging Remove ghe clogging Clogging of the expansion valve Check the clogging Remove the clogging Clogging of the strainer Check the difference temperature before after
98. this control release the control and run the pump The winter antifreezing control is not performed in any abnormality such as when wiring of outlet water thermistor or outdoor air thermistor is broken or short circuitted Alarm display 12 or 22 The pump turns off after 10 seconds following the fulfillment of winter antifreezing control release conditions 5 2 RESTART AFTER POWER FAILURE Jumper JP2 forces the unit to maintain the status before the failure If the unit was running once the power is recovered the unit will run again On the other hand if the unit was stopped it will remain stopped e No 1 No 2 No 3 LED1 LED2 LED3 LED4 T Laps 5 Si SEGL S2 O IE En HE i Al BIA A 7 L SEG3 SEG4 SEGS RSW3 RSW folol lapon apaa opgogopo 9 99 9 1231 1234 12345678 PSW2 PSW e DSW3 Kn WT NNN OOO 123 STI Deg DSi oY DSHI o DSWE G3 a E KO a x PEERS SMGB0066 rev 1 03 2010 Restart after power failure Available Optional functions HITACHI Service Manual Inspire the Next Jumper lead setting JP2 Automatic restart after power failure JP2 1 Keep the same status as before Setting before shipment 0 Open 1 Short circuit The function selection using the jumper lead setting is s
99. tightened Crash hazard Can cause serious injuries Check to ensure that Yutaki fans are stopped before electrical wiring work or periodical check is performed A CAUTION Damage to wires Risk of fire Protect the wires drain pipe and electrical parts from water rats or other small animals If not protected rats may damage unprotected parts Wrap the accessory packing around the wires and plug the wiring connection hole with the seal material to protect the product from any condensed water and insects Tightly secure the wires with the cord clamp inside the unit Lead the wires through the knockout hole in the side cover when using conduit Secure the cable of the remote control switch with the cord clamp inside the electrical box Electrical wiring must comply with national and local codes Contact your local authority in regards to standards rules regulations etc Check that the ground wire is securely connected Electrical hazard Risk of fire Connect a fuse of specified capacity Do not pass cables through the ventilation hole Ventilation hole Make sure that the field supplied electrical components main power switches circuit breakers wires connectors and wire terminals have been properly selected according to the electrical data indicated Make sure that they comply with national and regional electrical codes Following the Council Directive 2004 108 EC 89 33
100. view of a generic pump A CAUTION out by qualified personnel Untrained personnel General malfunction and other damages Assembly and installation should only be carried Contamination Risk of poisoning The pumps must not be used for drinking water or foodstuffs SMGB0066 rev 1 03 2010 Accessories Installation 27 Unit installation HITACHI Inspire the Next Service Manual 1 2 2 WEH Water Electric Heater Name of parts Ref 1 Tank body Q 1 Psw 1 Front E casing 2 3 pole contactor 1 Back E casing 1 Thermostat 1 Tank in connection 1 Terminal board 1 Wall support 1 Packing gland 1 Tank front cover 2 Packing gland 1 Tank out connection 1 PSW protector 1 Resistance 1 Caution label e joeeoeo eosgeo g 1 Wiring label 1 Tank body insulation e joo0 0000 00 6 1 Tank body insulation Unit installation Transport the products as close as possible to the installation location before unpacking Check the contents of the package WEH 6E Installation and Operation Manual 2 M6x15 screw and 2 M6
101. wei e al 8 8 8 ea 0000o e 3 6 ELECTRICAL WIRING DIAGRAMS This sub chapter shows the electrical wiring diagram for each unit of the Yutaki series SMGB0066 rev 1 03 2010 Accessories electrical installation 65 Electrical wiring Service Manual HITACHI Inspire the Next Lu DI wwozu yy m 7 ars i d uog2auuo aun gt gt uohosuucp aur mal in EY as x T d af e NO wm 440 58 d Wa 1 ysa sss s saeco c Ste 10 v e e so io zo 1 ET openeen 3 qo lone eel ee zx ZOTNI ZOTNId LOND LOZNDd E D ES kaft i eng pe ew vi P w EON SND DE sore tot torgi eT ae a lo ae zal oq i E ma Ia a ai a Tei ar GH E ARZEN pay UUM SIND D ao n ED l amp EN ur a a PAN an aNd VINO LN soo 1904 wo vas rh TST c ES e Egge 90 53p 000 Ko E dg S A D D S S S S A D a a hy ph DOEN bad wea was KR M j 1 f 1 ow d m Zw e wi e we D D Aeren Up aX uoa sf i pinbr 19j aaen Dousen we und 10 asnj Jamo 13 ssed Ag S85 10H 10 aaen Dousen Sor dung 404 101263005 ats Wee 03 1 YNAD mue 104 p1eog je ujua tal dund 10j 1010 dW Pur Aiddng wd 103 p1eog je urusa Va gubis 5avugz v 403 a gt uersisoy Day jauiojsuei a ap Dezem Aejay eene isi sd au OUD 1oj am u 43 ouuo Buneutuua eene n JH SN VON 101580005 Buneuruuiag 104330403 GE Jeu ston E 1205496 ams MOT s n SCH Josu 5 Sinsseiq UE BINPOW
102. 0 9 1 15 Removing Solenoid valve aciei iiis recensere tinte nm tnt tesa a n edes ae sete aenean eit dtu ie dann 251 9 1 16 Removing electrical components enn nne ennemi nennen erre 252 9 1 17 Removing inverter components een ene ennemi nenne en nrn ener enne 253 9 1 18 REMOVING TMS PM ek een ertet sade Eaa E E aae ooa Enna REM PENNE RM see ee 254 CERN Oe ue iere TEE 255 9 1 20 Removing the electrical noise fier 256 9 1 21 Removing other electrical COMponents enn nemen mener nnne 257 HITACHI SMGBO0066 rev 1 03 2010 Contents Inspire the Next 9 239 HITACHI Mg Inspire the Next Service Manual A DANGER Electrical hazard Risk of death Before performing any of the service operations described in this chapter turn all the main switches off and place security lockers or convenient warning indicators in order to prevent them from turning on accidentally Check and be sure that the LED201 Red on the inverter PCB is OFF for all electrical maintenance Do NOT touch the electrical components when the LED201 Red on the inverter PCB is ON to avoid electrical shock A WARNING Crush hazards Can cause serious injuries Incase of sharped edged parts as covers use security gloves to avoid getting injured Incase of blocked or stucked parts use appropiated tools and eventually lubricants to release them When performing brazing work besides security gloves it is a
103. 0 peog Bun parunid zamd Res uonelui pinbr110J aalen piouajos ve j61065 ure 103 pog Bun parulig 18Md kel ssed Kg se5 30H 103 Suen piousjos DOZ J83e8H O EHO D sd oz o3 L 12405 euer 103 peog Kuul zal Vous mee ubIH HE9 c H Sd UNH jddns 1 m0d 104 pjeog euius tab JOssa1dwio5 10 asnj 1 MOd ti dd WHL deuiojsuei ENTE Usage 1oj 101563005 Bra WHL INDI JONUOD 104 Send RES Wei 403 1030W E m ze WHL Aen 9SION si JN 105sa1dui05 104 1030W Ow D en sued Jo WEN eu syed Jo aWeN en o Seen Lo UN OM E MEO Kai E m ee ee ee EECHER n SOPO Eo ZO b X EE i TE a a TE I 4 I i pem a 1 1 I 1 1 1 d a H a d a H a k i TE J essi pog Ow Ieper BUF ME ze mm 2 m E uM Essen Cep D s x 9 1 mr KIEM KI ET i J asa CECR o ama EEE Y v eu TIP JN S E H iz wo o mo ho e ze as x no lno l um un 1 EONA besch 4 EUN Dalai d CH ow L qose tsa pu CEF i oY w a Seen voa wan s mp a nan sov Eo to 90D v D d sx DN w amp d r d wm ou t 9 D me x 1 EI EJ LI D EV 15 i ve gr mmm f Tamu 4 k i s op x i pat o 8 D I pa f uos aoe mwa OE d 306 me ao nien EE SE oho IS 7 D sio Dry w D m dl 6d di D 8 e DIG E A e ay EI aw vn Fai an g iin SS ba un af Pas py d Dt a0 Li gt z R vw 90 E Dieu d E i S ui Lt wos so p va i IN H pus X S T Pun pas 4 cama D I me queq OW d i apum om w m fn zw 2 3 n zu Tapa e
104. 1 3 Reviewing the operational data HITACHI Inspire the Next The table below shows the values that are available to be viewed during Normal Operation mode These can be shown by pressing the i button Normal Operation mode EE DN l E 4 d JI Wt Abbr Operational Data Units CONF TEXT Outdoor temperature C 12345 TSUP Supply water temperature C 12345 5 S TMIX Zone Mixed supply temperature C 45 S TRET Return temperature C 12345 gg TDHW DHW temperature C 123 5 TR1 Room temperature C 12345 V Mixing valve position 45 FAUL Fault status 12345 SSUP Overall system supply setpoint C 12345 5 o S1 Zone1 supply setpoint C 12345 P 5 SR1 Zone1 room setpoint C 12345 5 2 ER Zone2 supply setpoint aC 12345 SE DSET DHW setpoint C 123 5 SDHW DHW supply setpoint C 123 5 SMGBO0066 rev 1 03 2010 Test run procedure for Yutaki 161 Test run HITACHI Inspire the Next 162 Service Manual ON NOTE Operational data shown depends on the system configuration CONF setting Zone 1 is the heating loop controlled by the System Controller Zone 2is the heating loop controlled by the Extension Controller 6 2 1 4 Manually overriding the outputs This feature allows the status of the outputs to be changed in order to test the electrical connections To enter Output Display mode from Normal Operating mode
105. 3 2010 Troubleshooting procedure 202 Troubleshooting H ITACHI Service Manual Inspire the Next Alarm code Description nerd Incorrect operation The alarm code is displayed on the PCB s display This alarm code is displayed when wrong settings is performed in DIP switch on PCB or prohibited operation is performed Is the alarm activated just Yes Is the setting of DIP switches Turn OFF the power and set after the Power Supply is correct the DIP switches correctly turned ON No Yes Failure of DIP switch on PCB1 y Is the alarm activated and Yes It is changed to setting mode Yes Unit is normal unit stopped during operation during operation Do not change to setting mode during operation No No Failure of PCB1 y Y Due to incorrect operation Is the alarm reseted by the es the unit gets stopped by the stop operation alarm action Do not perform it No gt Failure of PCB1 D SMGB0066 rev 1 03 2010 Troubleshooting procedure 203 H ITACH I Troubleshooting Inspire the Next Service Manual Alarm code Description Failure of the current sensor for Inverter 0 A detection The alarm code is displayed on the PCB s display The compressor stops and restarts automatically in 3 minutes The alarm appears after 3 retries during 30 minutes This alarm code is displa
106. 30 metres Typical example of building fabric signal losses 4 22 1 3 Installing the System MMI Pack 4 Please follow the illustrations and information below in sequence to install the RF Receiver and Room Unit correctly To enable special features and see what other system options are available refer to section Installer Mode 4 22 1 4 Installing the RF Receiver 7 NOTE The RF Receiver contains no user serviceable parts It should be opened and installed by qualified installer only A CAUTION Static electricity Malfunction Do not touch the circuit board SMGB0066 rev 1 03 2010 System MMI Pack Room unit and RF receiver 129 HITACHI Inspire the Next max 30m 2 x 0 5mm 2 x 0 8mm RF Receiver S S System Controller Controller The RF Receiver can be connected to other Open therm appliances For the correct wiring connections refer to the installation manual of the Open therm device Controller pack Service Manual O NOTE All wiring must be in accordance with IEE regulations Observe ambient temperature and current limits see the RF Receiver wiring label 4 22 2 Installing the Room Unit linstalling the Batteries a p29 130 4 22 2 1 Power up Lift up the front cover of the Room Unit to reveal the battery cover and product controls Remove the b
107. 4 jeten Zum v0 Wdrdia D B Assy uly jeten Zum vor 4 t Jems sion vein voe 1 t JE da4 SION vein mooz z z soysedeg vin sseweH suauoduiog sareid pas Kiquessy 1 weiBeig Buum eona ein ssaueH syuauoduiog sareid eers Kiquiassy i r weiBeig Buum eouera ein SsaueH sjuauoduo0 s e d eers Kiquiessy i weiBeig Buum eooera ein ssaueH sjuauodwiog sareiq eers Kiquiessy 7 weiBeig Buum eouel ein D D D D D D youmg deus 60n dumdjojesn4iemod ve L 4 NE bf zeng avon woz z z asna vron vos d t asna vron vor tft esn4 vron fe 440 t k D 1 D D yamg uogng usnd gzon au no t EP yamg uopng usnd vzon EE Eo pueog puusa goon i k pueog Eeuruue voon t JEJE pueog Euauet voon syavnay o AD Ao amp o amp o amp o NOlldiMOS3G ON 2 E EIE 2 2 2 2 8 E z zz zi amp totz 8 8 8 B B8 S38 ng sus cei d PUTET TT ee ER ed M d OD a
108. 6 EEC relating to electromagnetic compatibility next table indicates the maximum permissible system impedance Zmax at the interface point of the user s supply in accordance with EN61000 3 11 MODEL Zmax Q RHUE 3AVHN 0 41 RHUE 4AVHN 0 41 RHUE 5AVHN 0 29 RHUE 6AVHN 0 26 RHUE 5AHN p RHUE 6AHN SMGB0066 rev 1 03 2010 General check Electrical wiring Service Manual Harmonics situation of each model regarding IEC 61000 3 2 and IEC 61000 3 12 is as follows HITACHI Inspire the Next MODELS SITUATION REGARDING IEC 61000 3 2 AND IEC 61000 3 12 Ssc xx MODELS Ssc xx kVA Equipment complying with IEC 61000 3 2 Professional use Equipment complying with IEC 61000 3 12 RHUE 5AHN RHUE 6AHN RHUE 3AVHN RHUE 4AVHN RHUE 5AVHN RHUE 6AVHN Check that the power supply voltage is within 10 of the rated voltage And that power supply has an impedance low enough to avoid reducing the starting voltage more than 85 of the rated voltage 3 2 ELECTRICAL WIRING CONNECTION Power supply 1 230V 50 Hz 3N 400V 50 Hz for RHUE 5 6 AHN ELB Earth wiring SMGBO0066 rev 1 03 2010
109. 66 rev 1 03 2010 Checking procedure before the test run 156 Test run HITACHI Service Manual Inspire the Next Check before start up Check that the hydraulic connections are tight Check that water pressure is 1 bar minimum Check that the water flow is constant and that the purge of the circuit is correct Check that the protections and electrical connections are in line with the electrical patterns and this leaflet Turning on the heat pump YUTAKI Turning on the electric heater EH 6 1 If necessary The power relays for heater are controlled by the Yutaki controller Set the temperature for water on YUTAKI to a value of 55 C to ensure the engagement of the resistance whatever the temperature outside SMGBO0066 rev 1 03 2010 Checking procedure before the test run 157 HITACHI Inspire the Next 158 6 2 TEST RUN PROCEDURE FOR YUTAKI Check the unit without system controller Set Dipswitch for run unit with unit controller No 1 No 2 No 3 LED1 LED2 LED3 LED4 ale SES i SEG3 SEG4 secs RSW1 RSW2 e PSWA SIS EN ap d DSW2 TEL DDnn 1234 12 4 1234 DSW1 DSW5 DSW7 DSW3 Action DSW Set temperature by rota ON tl p DSW3 He Switch 1234 Pulse signal ON ON OFF Push button switch DSW2 H available 12 34 Switch local remote Local Now the unit can be ON OFF manually using the local control Start the unit without system control
110. 8 _ Troubleshooting procedure Troubleshooting Service Manual HITACHI Inspire the Next Alarm code Description H Increase in the inverter fin temperature The compressor stops when the temperature of the thermistor for inverter fin excess 100 C and restarts automatically in 3 minuntes The alarm appears after 3 retries during 30 minutes Retry code P 17 Yes No Is thermistor short circuit or faulty Restart the operation Does it trip soon Yes Is the air side heat D Yes exchanger of the Replace the dipIPM or ISPM 1 Replace the thermistor outdoor unit clogged No Remove the clogging Faulty Dip IPM or ISPM or thermistor Replace it 1 Perform the high voltage discharge work by referring to the section Checking procedure for main parts before checking and replacing the inverter components SMGB0066 rev 1 03 2010 Troubleshooting procedure 209 H ITACH I Troubleshooting Inspire the Next Service Manual Alarm code Description Abnormality of fan motor protector DC fan motor The fan motor is stopped once and restarted after 10 seconds This alarm code is displayed when the revolution pulse output detected from the fan motor is 10rpm or less If it occurs more than 10 times in 30 minutes this alarm is indicated This alarm code is displayed when the fan motor
111. 9 1 7 Removing the compressor 1 Remove the service cover and the lower part of the service panel according to the section Removing service cover and the section Removing lower part of service panel and rear panel In case that the Yutaki is installed close to a wall closely sepparate first the Yutaki from the wall 2 Collect the refrigerant from the liquid stop valve the gas stop valve and the check joint at the piping 3 Open the sound insulation cover wrapped around the compressor and remove the terminal box cover at the compressor fixed by one 1 screw Disconnect the compressor wires in the terminal box and remove the sound insulation cover OH NOTE Check and take note of each terminal number and indications for its correct connection at the reasembling process If wires are connected in incorrect order it will lead to a compressor failure 4 Remove the rubber cap and the thermistor on the top of the compressor Direction to remove the cover Sound proof cover Cut part Oil heater Servicing Service Manual Thermistor holder Thermistor Rubber cap Th Thermistor pa A Compressor Thermistor fixing plate Terminal box cover ON NOTE Do not expose the refrigerant cycle to the atmosphere for a long period in order to avoid water and foreign particles entering into the refrigerant cycle After removing the compressor replace it quickly If it
112. ALLATION 1 2 1 Pump kit HITACHI Inspire the Next O NOTE Minimum inlet pressure at the pump suction side in order to prevent cavitation noises at an ambient temperature of 40 C and a water temperature of Tmax Tmax Minimum inlet pressure 50 C 0 05 bar 95 C 0 5 bar These values are valid up to 300m above sea level For higher elevations add 0 01 bar 100m additional height Components supplied Complete pump Two part heat insulation for single pump only 2 seals for threaded connections only Installation guidelines Installation should only take place once all welding and soldering work has been completed and the pipe network has been rinsed Dirt can have an adverse effect on the functioning of the pump The flow direction of the pump must correspond to the directional arrow on the pump housing A CAUTION Crash damage Risk of damage to the O ring When turning the motor housing round ensure the O ring between the can pot and the pump housing does not become damaged The O ring must not be turned and must remain at the edge of the can pot pointing towards the impeller Damage by water Risk of build up of condensation water For units that require insulation and for which the standard insulation provided cannot be used only the pump housing may be insulated The condensation water openings on the motor flange must be left open Lateral
113. B Main PCB Servicing Service Manual Remove the service cover according to the section Removing Service Cover in this chapter Disconnect all the wires connected to the relay PCB Extraction of the PCB from the holders Transformers Control Terminal board for power signal wires SMGBO0066 rev 1 03 2010 RHUE 3 6 A V HN Terminal board for power supply wires 9 1 17 Removing inverter components 1 2 Open the P mounting plate by rotating 90 degrees to the left according to the section Opening electrical box Servicing Service Manual Remove the service cover according to the section Removing service cover in this chapter P Mounting Plate in this chapter HITACHI Inspire the Next A WARNING Electrical hazard Risk of electrical shock Do not touch the electrical parts when LED201 Red located on the inverter module is ON to prevent from an electrical shock A CAUTION A DANGER Electrical hazard Risk of death Check that the LED201 red located on the inverter module is OFF when opening the P mounting plate Do not touch the electrical components when LED201 Red located on the inverter module is ON in order to avoid an electrical shock
114. Bi Valent Serial System CONF 5 Heat Pump and Boiler v v v vf Mixing By pass Circuit DHW Storage The System Controller can be used in a system which has a DHW storage tank with either a diverting valve or pump If the system has a separate DHW pump then a hydraulic separator or buffer tank has to be used to ensure proper hydraulic balancing of the system The DHW system type is selected by an installer parameter P1 Buffer Tank or Hydraulic Separator When a hydraulic separator or buffer tank is used in CONF 1 amp 2 the system will contain a secondary pump on the distribution side of the separator buffer In this case it is necessary to set installer parameter P2 to 1 In bi valent systems CONF 3 4 5 a hydraulic separator or buffer tank is always needed SMGB0066 rev 1 03 2010 87 System configurations Controller pack HITACHI Inspire the Next Service Manual 4 5 1 Principle of bi valent or mono energetic operation Function Bi valent and mono energetic systems use an auxiliary heat source boiler or electric heater respectively in addition to the heat pump At higher outdoor temperatures the heat pump can provide all the heating requirements of the system and it is not necessary to switch on the auxiliary heat source However at lower outdoor temperatures the electric heater or boiler is used to provide the increased heating demand The changeover point for bi valent or mono energeti
115. CONF 5 Function When the boiler is switched on the mixing valve control is enabled and operates in the same manner as described above Mixing Valve Control When the boiler is switched off and the difference between the supply water temperature TSUP and mixed supply temperature TMIX is small less than EP3 the mixing valve is always closed by pass operation so that the hot supply water from the heat Pump does not circulate through the boiler heat exchanger which may cause unnecessary heat loss and reduction in system efficiency While the water from the boiler TSUP is much hotter than the mixed supply temperature TSUP the mixing control continues to operate Parameter Setting P9 Mixing Valve Runtime default 120 sec EP3 Difference Supply water temperature default 1 5K SMGB0066 rev 1 03 2010 114 N ODORE PE Mixing valve control functions Controller pack H ITACHI Service Manual Inspire the Next The value for EP3 has been chosen based on laboratory tests and it is not recommended to change it 7 NOTE Engineering Parameters EP are only available for service engineers 4 12 3 Mixed Heating Circuit Maximum Temperature Limit Protection Configuration Specific This function only applies to configurations 4 and 5 CONF 4 5 Function The secondary circulation pump is switched off and the mixing valve closed when the maximum supply temperature mixing circuit setting is exceeded
116. Consumption Ambient Operating Temperature Storage Temperature Humidity Dimensions Material Base Material Cover Degree of Protection Fire Class Protection class Emissions Standards Immunity Standards 230Vac 10 15 50Hz Max 5VA 0 to 50 C 20 to 55 C 0 to 90 RH non condensing 121 x 161 5 x 46mm WxHxD PA GF 25 FR PC FR VO certified IP20 IP30 with cable glands VO Class according to EN60730 1 Complies with EN61000 6 3 Complies with EN61000 6 1 SMGB0066 rev 1 03 2010 Technical data 121 HITACHI Inspire the Next Safety Standards CE Compliance WEEE Compliance RoHS Compliance Heat Pump Control Signal Boiler output relay DHW electric heater enable output relay All other output relays Tariff Timer Input Heat Pump Fault Input RF Receiver connection Diagnostic Interface Controller pack Service Manual Complies with EN60730 1 2007 93 68 EEC 2002 96 EC 2002 95 EC 0 20mA max 10V 20mA cable length max 20m with wire cross section 0 5mm Potential free contacts 24V 230Vac 0 5A Potential free contacts 230Vac 1A 230Vac 1A 3A total Input for potential free contact rated 5Vdc switching current 1mA Input for potential free contact rated 5Vdc switching current 100mA Serial communications according to OpenTherm technical specification v2 3 max 18V 23mA 1000 baud C Bus Specification v2 1 An PC to RS232 interface is required for connection to a
117. HITACHI Inspire the Next YUTAKI SERIES RHUE A V HN Service manual Air to water Heat pump RHUE 3AVHN RHUE 4AVHN RHUE 5A V HN RHUE 6A V HN HITACHI Inspire the Next Specifications in this manual are subject to change without notice in order that HITACHI may bring the latest innovations to their customers Whilst every effort is made to ensure that all specifications are correct printing errors are beyond Hitachi s control Hitachi cannot be held responsible for these errors Contents H ITACHI Service Manual Inspire the Next Contents Model codification and accessory codes Units installation Water pipe installation Electrical wiring connections and diagram Control system Available optional functions Test run Troubleshooting Spare parts Servicing SMGBO0066 rev 1 03 2010 3 Contents Service Manual GENERAL INDEX 1 Units installation 1 1 RHUE 3 6 A V HN 1 1 1 1 1 2 1 1 3 1 1 4 1 1 5 1 2 Accessories Installation 1 2 1 1 2 2 1 2 3 2 Water pipe installation 2 1 General notes 2 2 Piping work connection considerations 2 2 1 2 2 2 2 3 Water control 2 4 Water check valve 2 5 Accessories hydraulic installation 2 5 1 2 5 2 2 5 3 2 5 4 3 Electrical wiring connections and diagram 3 1 General check 3 2 Electrical wiring connection 3 2 1 3 2 2 3 3 Setting the DIP switches 3 4 LED indication 3 5 A
118. HW time program is not provided inside the controller An external timer can be used by itself or together with a tariff switch device For example with an external timer it is possible to block DHW loading during daytime periods It is possible to use 1 only a external timer Operates according to EP24 setting 2 an external timer in series with a tariff switch device In this case if EP24 3 both the external timer and the tariff switch contacts must be closed to allow DHW loading if EP24 4 either of the external timer or the tariff switch contacts can be open to allow DHW loading 3 an external timer in parallel with a tariff switch device In this case if EP24 3 either of the external timer or the tariff switch contacts can be open to allow DHW loading if EP24 4 both the external timer and the tariff switch contacts must be closed to allow DHW loading 4 only a tariff switch device Operates according to EP24 setting Depending on the setting of the configuration of tariff timer input parameter EP24 DHW loading can be blocked according to the status of the input open or closed Diagram P10 T DHWenabled DHW blocked DHW enabled time Parameter Setting P24 Configuration of Tariff Timer Input default 4 P24 Open Circuit on terminals 10 11 Closed Circuit on terminals 10 11 0 Tariff Timer input is ignored 1 Tariff Timer input is used for Heat Pump blocking 2 Tariff Timer input is used
119. J re arosine nennen nnne enne enne en ner entere enn nenne 89 4 5 3 Mono Energetic Systems CONF 2 nenne enne enn en nennen nnn en nennen nene enn nene 90 4 5 4 Bi valent Systems Parallel Operation CONFE3 eme enne 91 4 5 5 Bi Valent System Parallel Operation Mixing Loop CONF AN 91 4 5 6 Bi Valent System Serial Operation CONF Di 92 4 6 Supply Setpoint calc latiOn EE 93 SG ee Dieltchen EE 94 4 7 1 Heating Circuit General eene ea ee ee REG CEA FUR ERE 4 7 2 Heating Characteristic Curve OTC Control eene enne rne nene enne nns 4 7 2 1 Room Setpoint Parallel Shift tdt eater a e EC E XH ICE nba evecare eee 4 7 2 2 Room Temperature Compensation ennemis 4 7 3 Heating Circuit Minimum Maximum Temperature Limits 4 7 4 Heating Circuit Secondary PUMP cece eeceeaeeeeeeeecaeaeeeeeeceaaeeeeeeeaaeeeeeesecueaeeeeseseeneeeees 4 7 5 Automatic No Load Function esos nieeneesetct cierre i teet ed voted esas de ke s PY a aiad iiaii SMGB0066 rev 1 03 2010 Mounting Contents HITACHI Service Manual Inspire the Next 4 8 DHW control Lued e 97 4 9 1 DAW Storage Tank Loading eire rect decane vans ertet riva ede cente Dvd eade oa deca due den ease a dai dde 97 48 2 DAW CONTO TCR 98 0 4 8 3 Maximum DHW Loading Time cecinere einen arei at nan in ka nar kx d ALEE EEE 99 4 8 4 DAW Electric Heater nenne nene aeaea tet aa testis init tenens tese eta
120. Loading Time 4 Function In case there is a continuous high demand for DHW over a very long period or the DHW setpoint is set too high the Heat Pump may not be able to reach the desired temperature In this case to ensure that heat is provided in the living space heating circuit the DHW loading is stopped after a preset time parameter P27 and the system controller returns to satisfy the demand from the heating circuit Diagram TCC DHW loading starts power on or DHW timer signal Supply water temperature set to P10 P12 Supply Water Temperature Supply Water Temperature set by heating circuit control DHW setpoint not reached after time P27 DHW loading stopped P10 time SMGB0066 rev 1 03 2010 DHW control functions 99 H ITACH I Controller pack Inspire the Next Service Manual Parameter Setting P27 Maximum allowed DHW loading time default 1 5hr ON NOTE After the DHW loading has stopped the DHW electric heater if connected will continue to be enabled until the DHW setpoint temperature is reached Automatic Reset Only after 24hrs or at the next time clock enable period if an external DHW time clock is used the system controller will use the Heat Pump once again to load the DHW tank 4 8 4 DHW Electric Heater Configuration Specific This function is only available in configurations 1 and 2 CONF 1 2 Function The DHW tank may have an internal electric heater for
121. M or Control voltage decrease Retry code P 17 Turn off power disconnect U V W from compressor terminals and restart Does the protecting function activate 2 Yes No Check the compressor If there is a short circuit between phase lines replace the compressor y Faulty Check th SER ar Dip gt Replace ISPM or Dip IPM IPM 1 Good Is the silicon grease coated all No Coat the silicon grease to all over between the ISPM or Dip the touched face between IPM and the radiated fin the ISPM or DIP IPM and the radiated fin fully 3 Yes Is the air side heat Ke gt exchanger of outdoor unit Remove clogging clogged No Replace the ISPM or Dip IPM 1 Perform the high voltage discharge work by referring to the section Checking procedure for main parts before checking and replacing the inverter components 2 Turn ON the No 1 switch of the dip switch DSW1 on Inverter PCB when restarting with disconnecting the terminals of the compressor After troubleshooting turn OFF the No 1 switch of the dip switch DSW1 on Inverter PCB 3 Use the silicon grease provided as accessory Service parts No P22760 ON NOTE When alarm code 53 is indicated the fan motor DC motor ensure that DC fan motor is checked according to the section Fault diagnosis of DC fan motor SMGBO0066 rev 1 03 2010 20
122. Next Service Manual SMGB0066 rev 1 03 2010 Spare parts of Yutaki 238 Service Manual Servicing 9 SERVICING CONTENTS 9 3 TE TA IN TEE 239 9 1 1 Removing Service COVER E eect tee hone eee idee eee eed ce eed ene 239 9 1 2 Removing air outlet grille 2 etr rrr dacaeceacesaicesassateessdenasncateenncpecetangenusigtestaartssaeeiabesstee 239 9 1 3 Removing Upper COVSF EE 240 9 1 4 Removing the lower part of service panel and rear D anel eem 240 9 1 5 Removing Yutaki fan motor iriaren as renni eara oranana aaa EEE heres sn sn tn renes ite n stern tesi nennen 9 1 7 Removing the comptessor eene ennt nenne se nnne nnn sisi nnn nnns sedet nr nns nn sr serra ns 9 1 6 Mounting Yutaki fan motor eee ccc cee cece cee ee eeeeeceeeeceeeeae cece eeeeaaeceeeeseceeaeeeeeeeeaeceeeeeecaeeeeeeseeeeaeeeeseeeea 9 1 8 Removing high pressure switch cccccceeeceneeceeeeeeeeneeeeeeeeeeaaeceeeeseeaeaeeeesecaaeeeeeeseaaaeceeeeseeeeeeeeneeaaes 9 1 9 Opening electrical box P mounting plate 9 1 10 Removing the coils for the reversing and solenoid valves He 247 9 1 11 Removing electronic expansion valve coles 248 9 1 12 Removing pressure switches cece eeeceeeaee cece seaaeceeeesecaeaeeeeeeeaeaaeeeeseeeaaeeeeeeeeeueaeeeeeeeeea 249 9 1 13 Removing reversing valve inicie necne aa aina E EAE AR ana 250 9 1 14 Removing expansion valves sssssseseeeeneeeeene nennen nnnm nennen enn en nnne enr inen iaiia 25
123. PC 4 17 2 Water Temperature Sensor XEK35524 A Element Type Mounting Range Precision Cable Length Dimensions cartridge Protection class NTC 20k 25 C Insertion well or strap on pipe with provided metal clip 5 to 90 C 1K 2m cable 2 core max cable length 100m 6 5mm 50mm long IP62 4 17 3 Outdoor Temperature Sensor XEK35438 A Element Type Mounting Range Precision Dimensions Housing Electric Connection Cable Length Protection Class NTC 20k 25 C Outside wall mounting 30 to 40 C 1K 95 x 65 x 70mm HxWxD Plastic ABS Terminals for 2 x 1 5mm cable Max 100m IP30 4 18 USER INTERFACE 4 18 1 Display The display of the System Controller is simple to understand and has extra segments to indicate the operating mode failures and status FIAT OAA DANADANA aE PANAMANIAN i S Displayed when the frost protection feature is active Ge Frost Protection Symbol SMGB0066 rev 1 03 2010 User interface 122 Controller pack HITACHI Service Manual Inspire the Next Heat Pump Symbol Indicates that the Heat Pump is switched on by the controller Boiler Symbol Displayed when the boiler bi valent system is switched on to provide additional heating Electric Heater Symbol Displayed when the electric heater mono energetic system is switched on to provide additional heating Tariff Timer Symbol Displayed when external tariff timer blocking function is
124. PM sseeenn e 218 7 4 2 RHUE 5 6 AHN Procedure for checking the ISPM seen enne 220 7 4 8 Checking capacitors CB1 A CB2 A 222 7 4 4 Fault diagnosis of DC fan motor sssesssssseeeeeeneeee eem e enne ennemis 223 7 5 Troubleshooting of control system ssssssssssssssseen eene 225 OAs System controller rettet ten ont b A Ree aede yu ERE eve eR Ex ERE eked go ERR RU ERA Re 225 To System MMI Raks 226 7 6 Troubleshooting of accCessorles eene nemen nennen nnn 227 YA MEN LUGD ERE 227 6 2 WEH Water Electric Heater ciiin centenis et EENS add enun a ea ceu nne dea 228 7 6 3 DHWT Domestic Hot Water Tank 228 SMGB0066 rev 1 03 2010 Contents HITACHI Inspire the Next 7 1 INITIAL TROUBLESHOOTING 7 1 1 Unit and System controller Power Supply failure The LED and the 7 segment display are not indicated e Not operated Troubleshooting Service Manual If the fuses are blown out or a circuit breaker is activated investigate the cause of the overcurrent and take the necessary action Observed failure Cause Check item Action Turn OFF the main switch Power failure or power is not ON Measure the voltage using a voltmeter Supply the power Blown out fuse or activation of the breaker at the power source Accidental grounding for live cables Measure the insulation resist
125. PM 2 Checking procedures of the diode module are displayed in item RHUE 5 6 AHN Procedure for checking the ISPM 8 DC voltage measuring position ISPM P terminal to terminal of tester N terminal to terminal of tester measuring position DC 1000V SMGB0066 rev 1 03 2010 Troubleshooting procedure 188 Troubleshooting HI ITACHI Service Manual Inspire the Next Alarm code Description Failure of water inlet temperature thermistor The alarm code is displayed on the PCB s display This alarm code is displayed when the water inlet temperature thermistor is short circuited or cut PCB monitoring position PCB2 CN9 Is connector CN9 on PCB2 No correctly connected Wiring check Repair Breaking of wire wrong wiring Y Yes Are the connectors between PCB1 and PCB2 correctly connected CN9 CN1 No a Wiring check Repair Breaking of wire wrong wiring CN5 CN2 PCB1 PCB2 CN6 CN3 CN2 CN4 Y Yes Pull out connector and measure thermistor No F resistance Replace thermistor Is resistance correct 7 d Check PCB1 and PCB2 Measuring the thermistor resistance value Thermistor characteristics 20 82 45 3 9 Thermistor o e 10 Resistance kQ 63 5 5 0 39 34 2520 1 8 97 0 0 5 20 0 20
126. PM control part is present 2 R1 9 50 amp R2 14 00 If these values are different the capacitors will be not properly charged Resistance between P1 A TB3 2kQ white resistance in the ISPM SMGB0066 rev 1 03 2010 Checking procedure for main parts 222 Troubleshooting HITACHI Service Manual Inspire the Next In case that Mg SW 52C CMC71 is not ON the compressor current will travel through these resistances and they will be broken Mg SW 52C CMC1 should be checked Check the resistance between the primary and secondary terminal where the contact point is melted for Mg SW 42C If there is continuity the contact is melted and 52C is broken NG Reactor resistance can be messured between TB3 and RB 7 0 20 Checking this component is not necessary 7 NOTE Noise filter does not affect ISPM directly so is not necessary to check it when ISPM fails Both digital or analog testers are valid to check the values 7 4 4 Fault diagnosis of DC fan motor About DC fan motor fault diagnosis When ISPM DIP IPM is faulty and Alarm 53 appears the fan motor may also be damaged To prevent ISPM DIP IPM damage which may result from operation combined with a faulty fan motor check also if the fan motor is not damaged when ISPM DIP IPM is replaced 7 NOTE Turn OFF main power before start working Working and checking with the power ON may disturb correct diagnosis and may result in failure
127. RF Binding procedure TERMINAL amp e BLOCK C RF Receiver DHW electric heater CONF 1 and 2 only If the DHW storage tank contains a thermostatic electric heater the System Controller can enable it if the heat pump cannot achieve the required DHW temperature by itself The system controller waits for a time P34 after DHW storage heating is required before enabling this output TERMINAL O D D BLOCKA jro M 12 DHW time clock It is possible to connect an external time clock to the System Controller to provide time of day switching of the DHW storage The input can be configured so that heating of the DHW storage tank is blocked disabled on either an open circuit or closed circuit condition P24 Configuration of Tariff Timer Input Note that the Tariff Timer input terminals 10 amp 11 can be used for DHW Time Switching OR Tariff Switching not both SMGB0066 rev 1 03 2010 Electrical wiring Controller pack Service Manual P24 Open Circuit on terminals 10 11 Closed Circuit on terminals 10 11 Tariff Timer Input is ignored Tariff Timer input is used for Heat Pump blocking Tariff Timer input is used for Heat Pump blocking DHW is blocked DHW is enabled A o Nms 2 o DHW is enabled DHW is blocked Tariff switching device circuit condition TERMINAL S ae BLOCKC S Timer input If a tariff switching device load shedding management is provided by the elect
128. Ro anne M ANV v1 d E d jy RR TB KH e e T L N 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 Re Top as a o SW1 e WT Auro Ug B 3 A o AVE S s 90 C T 65 C UP L pases LS TB LI LD2 l Ref Name WT Regulating and Safety thermostat Re Auxiliary Relay SW1 Operating Mode switch R 123 Electrical Heater LD1 LED1 POWER ON LD2 LED2 AUTO MODE ON LD3 LED3 Electrical Heater Manual TB Terminal Board L N T Power supply 3 4 Control Heater Input 5 6 Electrical Heater Connection SMGB0066 rev 1 03 2010 Accessories electrical installation 61 Electrical wiring H ITACH l Service Manual Inspire the Next Internal wiring Internal Wiring Connection Power cable N Control EH cable Detail D Cathodic protection In order to protect the inside of the vessel from corrosion all the enamelled DHWT can be equipped whit a cathodic protection unit comprising magnesium sacrifice anodes charge gauges and wiring of connection It basically comprises a magnesium anode 1 mounted on the storage tank s connection plate 2 connected to the external anode load measured 3 which allow to know the anode consumption rate without having to dismantle it SMGBO0066 rev 1 03 2010 62 Access
129. SMGB0066 rev 1 03 2010 System MMI Pack Room unit and RF receiver 131 HITACHI Inspire the Next 132 Controller pack Service Manual Wall bracket Table stand The Room Unit should be installed in an open space for best performance as it is a radio frequency device Leave at least 30cm distance from any metal objects including wall boxes and at least 1 meter from any other electrical equipment as radio TV PC etc Do not mount onto metal wall boxes Itis recommended that the RF Receiver is fully installed 4 22 3 Communication loss In the event of an RF communications loss the LED on the RF Receiver will indicate which type of fault has occurred If there is a communications fault between the RF Receiver and the Room Unit then the LED on the RF Receiver will flash red for 0 1 sec ON every three seconds If there is a fault in communications between the boiler or System Controller then the LED on the RF Receiver will flash 3 times quickly and then be off for three seconds If there is more than one Room Unit installed as in multi zone systems for example and communications is lost with one zone then the red LED on the RF Receiver will flash two times quickly and then be off for two seconds If there is more than one Room Unit installed as in multi zone systems for example and communications is lost with both zones then the red LED on the RF Receiver w
130. See See Mi Heat Pump Only 1 I l Heat Pump i l 20 C P15 20 C Outside Temp Heat Pump operates Heat Pump plus 1 on it s own down to the Electric Heater balance point installer operate together l parameter P15 l l CONF 3 4 Bi Valent Parallel Systems The normal operation in these systems is that when the heat pump cannot meet the heating load the boiler will take over the full energy requirements of the system alternative operation Alternative Operation can be achieved by setting P14 P15 This means that either the heat pump or the boiler operate but not the two together exception is during DHW demand 7 IMPORTANT NOTE P14 should never be set higher than P15 otherwise incorrect operation will result SMGB0066 rev 1 03 2010 System configurations Controller pack HITACHI Service Manual Inspire the Next CONF 5 Bi Valent Series System The boiler is used to top up the energy required for the system but when the heat pump is outside it s operating limits the boiler will provide all of the heating requirements Heating Zone leat p dei ump Capacity kw s i Was Boiler Tues Only i i i i Heat Pump Only T D B y E E Es 20 C P15 P14 Outside Temp C Boiler and Heat Heat Pump Pump operate Boiler operates operates alone together when alone needed default default value 0C value 20C 4 5 2 Mono Valent Syste
131. Strong wind Damage to fan motor Excessive strong wind against the unit outlet may cause inverse rotation and damage the fan motor 1 1 5 Optional parts Air flow guide wind guard and snow protection hood Optional parts HP Model Air flow guide AG 335A X 2 Wind guard WSP 335A X 2 Air outlet ASG NP335F X 2 Air inlet of rear side ASG NP335B FM Air inlet of side face ASG NP335L SUS304 Air outlet ASG NP335F X 2 Snow Air inlet of rear side 3 6 ASG NP335B protection Air inlet of rear side ASG NP335L hood Air outlet ASG NP335FS X 2 Air inlet of rear side ASG 335BS Zinc plate Air inlet of side face ASG NP335LS Air outlet ASG NP335FS X 2 Air inlet of rear side ASG NP335BS Air inlet of rear side ASG NP335LS SMGBO0066 rev 1 03 2010 RHUE 3 6 A V HN Unit installation Service Manual Air flow guide HITACHI Inspire the Next Specifications Model AG 335A 620 7 Quantity 2 per unit 560 View from A pe 121 Mounting d Air discharge direction ale downward ene E D A Material Weather proof polypropylene resin Color Gray Weight 1 9 kg S Fixing screw x 4 M5 SUS 2 Air flow guide Accessories x 20 o B Installation manual SIS E E Wind Guard or Snow 3 protection hood is not installation restriction available to install with air flow guide Guard net is available to be
132. When connecting several units to a common pipe its design should ensure that the water flow on each unit is the same see below figure Imbalance of water distribution may cause a serious damage like water freezing in the plate heat exchanger 2 2 PIPING WORK CONNECTION CONSIDERATIONS 2 2 1 Minimum water volume description e Necessity of water in system and summary of its calculation The following problems may occur when the quantity of water in the forced circulation system on water side is insufficient Compressor in operation repeats numerous start stop when light loaded which may result in shorter life or failure Low temperature in water circulation during defrost operation which may cause an alarm freeze protection at the stop of the unit O NOTE The shaded part of the pipe system below Excluding the expansion tank cistern SMGB0066 rev 1 03 2010 Piping work connection considerations 35 Water pipe H ITACH l installation Inspire the Next Service Manual Calculate and ensure that the water volume in the system is equal or greater than the larger value obtained from 1 Protective water volume for product 2 Minimum water volume for temperature drop during defrost operation When the minimum water volume can not be ensured use a Buffer tank to compensate the shortage lt 0 of water 2 See figure below
133. a Winding damage Call customer Services Faulty terminal box Call customer Services Faulty capacitor Replace the capacitor Problem Motor is switched on but fails to run Motor protection has switched the pump off as a result of Cause a Hydraulic overloading b A blockage C An excessive pump d An excessive ambient medium temperature temperature a Reduce the pump on b Fully remove the pump c Decrease the pump d Decrease the ambient the pressure side to an vent screw check and rectify medium temperature in temperature e g by operationg point which is on free runnig of pump rotor by accordance with the rating insulating the pipes and the characteristic line turning the slotted end of the plate fittings shaft with a screwdriver Remedy Alternative Disassemble the motor head and check unblock by turning the impeller where necessary If the blockage cannot be removed contact Customer Services SMGB0066 rev 1 03 2010 Troubleshooting of accessories 227 HITACHI Inspire the Next 7 6 2 WEH Water Electric Heater Troubleshooting Service Manual Observed failure Cause Check item Action Electric power supply problems in WEH Control signals from Systems Controls miss connected or wrongly connected Check connections between System Controller and WEH Terminals 7 8 9 from System Controller connected to Terminals 7 8 9 WEH respectively Check Voltage 230V betwe
134. ach zone can generate a demand to the heat pump and or boiler electric heater for a particular supply water temperature S1 The supply setpoint water temperature required by the zone 1 heating loop S2 The supply setpoint water temperature required by the zone 2 heating loop SDHW The supply setpoint water temperature required by the DHW loop The actual supply setpoint used at any time is the maximum of the three zone supply setpoints SSUP maximum S1 S2 SDHW It is the objective of the system controller to manage the Heat Pump 3 stage electric heater and boiler appropriately to control the supply water temperature TSUP to this setpoint SSUP Illustration 4 The diagram below shows the three possible zones and illustrates the required water temperatures S1 S2 SDHW for each zone and the resulting overall supply setpoint SSUP System Controller Extension Controler Fg Devices controlled by the i Devices controlled by the P Example Heating zone 1 requires 50 C calculated from OTC heating curve Heating zone 2 requires 35 C calculated by extension controller DHW loading not required 1 50 C S2 35 C SDHW 0 C Therefore SSUP maximum of 50 C 35 C 0 C 50 C Note that the extension controller will then control the mixing circuit to achieve comfort conditions in zone 2 SMGB0066 rev 1 03 2010 Supply setpoint calculation 93 H ITACH I Controller pack Inspire the Next Se
135. activated DHW Symbol Displayed when the system is heating the DHW storage tank Pump Symbol Displayed when the primary boiler pump bi valent systems is running Pump II Symbol Displayed when the secondary pump if connected is running Fault Symbol Displayed in case of a fault The display will show the text FAUL and the fault number gt H1r gt E 4 18 2 Controls The System Controller has a simple five buttons interface with an user friendly display HITACHI SEL Select button Used to leave setting mode Used to cancel a new setting and retain old value Increase button Used to select the next parameter Used to increase the value of the selected parameter Decrease button Used to select the previous parameter Use to decrease the value of the selected parameter SET Set button Used to enter setting mode Used to accept new value for a parameter l Info button Used to enter Operational Data Display mode Used to select next operational data item Pressing particular combinations of these buttons will allow display or alteration of the various operating parameters SMGB0066 rev 1 03 2010 User interface 123 Controller pack HITACHI Inspire the Next 124 Service Manual 4 19 INSTALLATION CONFIGURATION SETTINGS The configuration of the System Controller is performed using the 5 buttons on the front cover Via these buttons a simple menu structure can
136. activated HH High Cut test in Heating Mode Push PSW1 amp PSW2 more than 3 and test is finished HC High Cut test in Cooling Mode Not used 6 2 1 System controller testing 6 2 1 1 System start up After the installation of sensors and outputs the System Controller can be started for the first time Switch on the mains power supply The controller will be initialised with the default configuration stored in the internal memory A test procedure is performed to check the validity of the data in the internal memory and the various inputs are tested All sensors and communications devices are automatically detected All faults and warnings are automatically reset and the software version is displayed for reference 6 2 1 2 System test Once the system has been installed it is recommended that the following tests are carried out 1 Check that you have selected the correct configuration and that the necessary installation parameters have been set 2 Check the wiring of the inputs and outputs Use the procedure in 7 3 to view the temperature sensor values It is possible to manually override the outputs to test the system operation 3 Check that the Room Unit is communicating with the RF Receiver To do this change the temperature setpoint on the Room Unit to the maximum or minimum value and check that the heat pump reacts appropriately SMGB0066 rev 1 03 2010 Test run procedure for Yutaki Test run Service Manual 6 2
137. after 6 retries during 30 minutes This alarm code is displayed when the compressor current is higher than the set value Retry code P 17 d Ka Turn off power VR happen Trip disconnect Ve from sometimes Restart the immediately int Check ISPM compressor terminals and restart Does the protecting function activate operation Does it ip IPM trip immediately or Dip IPM Is there any No i factor which Trip after while instantaneous voltage drop happened M Is the current value which Yes No No Replace ISPM or Dip IPM Check compressor Check power supply and wiring capacity y Check compressor activating more than setting value 70 5A y No Is the input current of each phase almost same in all 3 phase No Yes Check ISPM y y Is the power supply voltage 230V 10 ye No Y Yes Is the power supply Check power supply voltage higher than 170V during operation Is the power supply voltage higher than 170V during operation even if the other appliance starts No Yes Check power supply and wiring capacity Replace ISPM or Dip IPM CAUTION Electrical hazard Risk of electrical shock Before checking and replacing the inverter parts perform t
138. age of Refrigerant Gas leakage as Pd and Ps coincident g 3 3 during compressor Stop b gt Clogging of expansion valve No c Clogging of low pressure side piping m Not enough air going through heat exchanger gt Malfunction of check valve Air flow is not suficient p Defrost incomplete Is Low Pressure Sensor Output character and Yes High Pressure Sensor display Replace PCB value Pd proper during compressor Stop Y No Is the voltage between Yes VCC12 and GND1 12V on Replace Low Pressure sensor PCB1 No gt Replace PCB ON NOTE Incase that the low pressure is higher than 2 0 MPa segment shows 2 0 MPa In this case check if the high pressure value Pd shown in segment is higher than 1 0 MPa 180 SMGB0066 rev 1 03 2010 Troubleshooting procedure Troubleshooting Service Manual HITACHI Inspire the Next Alarm code Description ni LI Excessively low pr re differen LUZ ee r y pressure erence The alarm code is displayed on the PCB s display Ps is less than 1 8 MPa during 3 minutes The compressor stops and restarts automatically in 3 minutes The Stop alarm appears after 3 retries during 30 minutes This alarm code is displayed when the Pressure Ratio calculated from High Pressure Pd and Low Pressure PCB monitoring position PCB1 CN3 and CN4 Retry code P 11 Calculation Formula for Pressure Ratio High Pressure Pd 0 1 Pre
139. ain when the DHW temperature falls below DSET minus P11 With a large reductions in DHW temperature for example a large draw off from the tank or after a period of DHW blocking when the DHW temperature falls below DSET_ HP minus P11 the heat pump is again used to heat the DHW tank to DSET_HP before the DHW electric heater is switched on again If after the DHW electric heater waiting time P34 the DHW temperature has not reached the DHW setpoint the DHW electric heater enable output is switched on The electric heater operates on its own thermostat to raise the temperature of the DHW tank TEC Supply Water Supply Water Temperature LLL Supply Water Temperature Temperature Set by heating circuit control set by heating circus control P10 DEI HP TOHW HP DHWE DE OHWE HP DHWE on on off on on on Sa pa a Fa wemmer am emm eg al 5 g time DHW loading starts Heal Pump is on DHW E heater is off E Heat Pump i switched off DHW E healter i switched on C Target OHW setpoint is reached DHW E haeter is switched off DHW E healer is switched on E A large draw otf from the DHW tank or DHW blocking period Parameter Setting P10 DHW setpoint P34 DHW Electric Heater Waiting Time default 45 min EP39 DHW offset for maximum heat pump supply temperature default 7K Engineering Parameters EP are only available for service engineers Note The electric heater should have its own thermostat set to a higher value tha
140. amage to wires Risk of fire Protect the wires drain pipe and electrical parts from water rats or other small animals If not protected rats may damage unprotected parts Wrap the accessory packing around the wires and plug the wiring connection hole with the seal material to protect the product from any condensed water and insects Tightly secure the wires with the cord clamp inside the unit Electrical wiring must comply with national and local codes Contact your local authority in regards to standards rules regulations etc Check that the ground wire is securely connected Electrical installation Install the unit in a restricted area not accessible by the general public Follow local codes and regulations when selecting field wires circuit breakers and earth Leakage breakers See Heater manual Customer connection The electrical wiring connection between WEH Yutaki system controller and the electrical power installation is as follows SMGBO0066 rev 1 03 2010 57 Accessories electrical installation HITACHI Inspire the Next Alimentation Supply 3N 400V 50 Hz Alimentation Supply 1 230V 50 Hz iL hw GOOD ONIN T T rT TT 2 5mm2 2 95mm2 2 5mm2 Electrical wiring Service Manual System Controller 0 75mm2 N O 1bar O NOTE This connection is only for the electric heate
141. ance Remove the cause of the short circuit and replace the fuse Failure of compressor motor Failure of fan motor Measure the interphase resistance insulation resistance Replace compressor and fuse Replace fan motor and fuse Blown out fuse at the control circuit Live cables short circuit Check for any un insulated part of the wires Remove the cause of the short circuit and replace the fuse Short circuit of the control circuit to Measure the insulation Remove the cause of the short earth resistance circuit and replace the fuse Failure of the Insufficient Check for magnetothermic magnetothermic contact switch to activate correctly Replace magnetothermic switch for the Ir i switch and fuse compressor Coil failure Measure coil resistance Insufficient Check for magnetothermic Failure of the contact Switch to activate correctly e Replace magnetothermic magnetothermic switch and fuse Switch for the pump PNE f Coil failure Measure coil resistance Insufficient Check for magnetothermic a contact Switch to activate correctly m Failure of auxiliary Replace auxiliary relay and relay fuse Coil failure Measure coil resistance Faure of Peno Coil failure Measure coil resistance Replace coil and fuse valve coil Short circuit in PCB Check for the existance of any conductive contaminants Remove the particles and replace fuse Oil heater failure Meassure res
142. arting voltage more than 85 of the rated voltage 3 Check that the earth wire is securely connected tagged and locked in accordance with national and local codes Connect a fuse of specified capacity Check periodically the electrical connection tightening A DANGER Electrical hazard Can cause serious injuries or death Do not connect or adjust any wiring or connections unless the main power switch is OFF Make sure that all the power sources are switched OFF Check that the earth wire is securely connected tagged and locked in accordance with national and local codes Check and test to ensure that if there is more than one source of power supply that all are turned OFF Check to ensure that the screws of the terminal block are tightly tightened A CAUTION Damage to wires Risk of fire Protect the wires drain pipe and electrical parts from water rats or other small animals If not protected rats may damage unprotected parts Wrap the accessory packing around the wires and plug the wiring connection hole with the seal material to protect the product from any condensed water and insects Tightly secure the wires with the cord clamp inside the unit Electrical wiring must comply with national and local codes Contact your local authority in regards to standards rules regulations etc Check that the ground wire is securely connected SMGB0066 rev 1 03 2010
143. at pump fault Return sensor Supply sensor Outdoor sensor Terminal block C inputs 4 20mA Heat pump control output Tariff Timer input DHW Sensor RF Receiver Heat pump fault Return sensor Supply sensor Outdoor sensor Terminal block A outputs Jo uo au duind yeay V H uu gt N vn lt u omom zo 9IRoRoOo 38 2898 888389 o3 29 ES o TU EE EA Bc ida lt 3 o o v B 2 D D S S LNLNLN y e qeue JejeeH MHA Jjo uo ejouJoJ duund eat duind Kjepuooegs duing eA eA MHA dund Kjeuuud Jejog Jjo uo 4194109 HITACHI Inspire the Next Terminal block B Power Supply Terminal block B Power Supply E SMGB0066 rev 1 03 2010 85 System configurations Controller pack H ITACH l Service Manual Inspire the Next Bi Valent system parallel operation mixing loop conf 4 Terminal block C inputs Terminal block A outputs Terminal block B Power Supply LNLNLNL Mixed supply LU SIT MS sensor DODDO eh f zona Heat pump control 2 10 11 12 S output l FT Tariff Timer input Simon gt S 92 lt N ie o pm H N x S D z RF Receiver aro PEE m L 2 8 r MA Heat pump fault 2282 g ES pg lt LZ TRET Return sensor S E a s E lt 9 traus Supply sensor S z 3 amp LZ TEXT Outdoor sensor 2i 5 3s se oO c OD 0 Jj gt Q OH Bi Valent system serial o
144. ategory 2 parameter 8 Su is set to the correct value see Installer Parameters Table Category 2 System Settings Failure to do this will mean that the heating system will not respond to changes in the setpoint on the Room Unit Under these circumstances the system will operate with no input from the Room Unit and may not therefore provide adequate temperature control 4 22 4 4 Using the special features of the Room Unit Special feature Description Enable Disable This feature is not available with the system This product can be used for heating applications You can independently modify the profile To enable Set parameter 4 HC category 2 to 1 Heating operation This feature moves time automatically on the last Sunday of March and the last Sunday of October The feature is factory enabled Summer winter auto time change To enable Set parameter 3 tC category 1 to 1 If the Room Unit is located in a particularly hot cold location for reliable signal transmission reasons Set parameter 12 10 temperature limit The normal lower limit of 5 C can be increased up to 21 C to protect inhabitants from cold Temperature then the measured displayed temperature can be category 1 to the required offset adjusted by 3 C This is useful if the homeowner gory 3 offset value wants the reading to match another appliance temperature display Set parameter 6 uL The normal upp
145. ater side hea Chemical cleannig exchanger Sensor wiring Check the PUER Malfunction of the low pressure sensor Ld Replace low pressure sensor characteristics sensor Gas leakage or low quantity of refrigerant SESCH an supere Charge EEN the heat refrigerant quantity SMGBO0066 rev 1 03 2010 169 Initial troubleshooting HITACHI Inspire the Next 170 Abnormal operation of the devices Cont Troubleshooting Service Manual Observed failure Cause Check item Action Turn OFF the main switch High cut caused by Pd high pressure surpassing Insufficient water flow Check the water temperature difference between inlet and outlet Increase the water flow Too much refrigerant Check clogging of discharge side pipe Remove the clogging Clogging of the expansion valve Check clogging of discharge side pipe Remove the clogging Clogging strainer not water Check the temperature difference before after strainer Replace or cleaning strainer Clogging of the 4 way valve Check the clogging Remove the clogging or replace the 4 way valve Water scale attaching inside the water side heat exchanger Check the water side exchanger Chemical cleaning Excessively high water outlet temperature Check water temperature Check the installation Unit stopped in heating operation Excessively high discharge gas temperature too much supe
146. ates the day copied and the flashing target day to copy the program to To accept this day press the green button To select a different target day press the li button until the flashing day indicator is under the required day then accept it by pressing the green button 7 NOTE Once the target day is confirmed it becomes the day that is copied if the button is pressed again OR _ ii Press the 7 button to move the day indicator to Tuesday Day 2 The program for that day can then be adjusted by following steps b to e Programs for the remaining days can be set in the same way using heit button to move to the next day To exit the programming mode select the desired operating mode by pressing the Ka or o buttons ON NOTE 4 Torun the adjusted program select the AUTO mode Disabling Enabling time periods The Hitachi room unit has 6 periods each day that can be programmed but you may not need all of these switch points for your heating requirements Therefore any period from 2 to 4 can be removed from or returned to the heating program profile To disable or enable time periods a To disable unwanted periods go to the desired period 2 to 6 using the PROGRAM Jor D buttons to navigate ensure the correct period is highlighted with the flashing square symbol Press and hold the A button for at least 2 seconds and the display will indicate the period has been removed from
147. attery cover by pressing down and sliding out Insert the 2 x AA LR6 Alkaline Batteries supplied with the Room Unit ensuring the correct orientation After a short pause the Room Unit will display information on the screen and is now ready for use Replace the battery cover by sliding it firmly back into the front of the Room Unit SMGB0066 rev 1 03 2010 System MMI Pack Room unit and RF receiver Controller pack H ITACHI Service Manual Inspire the Next Setting the date and time a Press the button to begin setting the date When you set the date for the first time after the batteries are inserted the display will show S di Press the or buttons to set the current day of the month e g d 01 1st day of the month then press the green button to confirm b Press the or buttons to set the current month of the year e g Ser m 01 January then press the green button to confirm ru I c Press the or buttons to set the current year e g yr 07 2007 then press the green button to confirm ey rn drui The date is now stored and the Day Indicator will be displayed under the current day of the week e g 1 Monday 2 Tuesday etc d Use the 9 or buttons to set the correct time then press the green i button to confirm Each press of the buttons will change the time 7 ied by one minute and holding them down will change the time slowly a
148. be accessed to adjust all the controller parameters All menus use the 4 characters in the left of the display to show an abbreviated name and the three digits in the right for the value Units are shown in the far right of the display next to the value If no button is pressed for 10 minutes the display will return to the default menu or the relevant fault code The System Controller is delivered with a set of pre programmed parameters to allow a quick start up procedure The factory default settings are shown in the table on the next page Should it be necessary to adjust any of these parameter settings please refer to the table and follow the instructions below To enter Parameter Display mode from the Normal Operation mode press and buttons together for at least one second The display will show CONF to indicate that the System Controller is in Parameter Display mode and shows the first parameter CONF Hydraulic Configuration and its current setting 1 Use the 4 and buttons to move up or down the parameter list according to the table 2 To change a parameter setting use the ser button to enter Parameter Setting mode The value of the parameter will flash to show that it can now be changed Use the and buttons to change the value to the desired setting 3 To store the parameter setting press the ser button The flashing will stop to show the value has been saved Instead to cancel the change and retain the previ
149. bonic acid mg CO2 I Less than 4 0 Less than 4 0 9 Index of stability 6 8 8 0 9 9 ON NOTE The mark 9 in the table means the factor concerned with the tendency of corrosion or deposits of scales The value showed in are for reference only according to the former unit As the the well water should not fulfil the above limits the use of industrial water or other water sources should be considered 2 4 WATER CHECK VALVE Attached to the unit there is a water check valve non return valve This component is a safety device to protect the system against back pressure back flow and back syphonage of non potable water into service pipe plants and equipments This valve shall be installed at site Main Characteristics Maximum working pressure 16bar Maximum working temperature 70 C short term 90 C se A Threaded connection R1 2 H EY V py Available test and drain plugs 1 4 et NW Y SF Length 137mm em tA m Kvs value 6 Vs m lt S Weight 0 24kg WT SMGB0066 rev 1 03 2010 Water check valve Water pipe installation Service Manual Installation guidelines 1 Note flow direction indicated by arrow when installing the check valve HITACHI Inspire the Next In a drinking water supply the check valves are fitted immediately after water meter This position ensures optimum protection for the drinking water supply Install in horizontal pipe
150. c operation is called the balance point A 0 5K control differential is applied to the switching between the operating modes Outdoor temperature TEXT gt Balance Point BP 0 5K the boiler or electric heater is not used Exception is that the boiler can be used for DHW loading Outdoor temperature TEXT Balance point BP 0 5K the system controller determines whether to switch on the boiler or electric heater depending on the heating requirements Refer to the sections on Boiler Control and Electric Heater Control for more details Installer Parameters P15 Maximum Outdoor Temperature for Boiler Electric Heater Operation Balance Point BP default 0 C P14 Minimum Outdoor Temperature for Heat Pump Operation CONF 3 4 5 only default 20 C 7 NOTE Parameter P15 can be set to OFF in which case the boiler or electric heater is allowed to operate at all outdoor temperatures Parameter P14 can be set to OFF in which case the heat pump is allowed to operate at all outdoor temperatures Configuration Specific CONF 2 Mono Energetic Systems The electric heater is used to top up the energy required for the system The System Controller tries to ensure that the heat pump is always running when the electric heater is used but there may be some circumstances where the electric heater is providing all the energy for the heating system Heating Zone Electric Heater Mi See See See
151. ccessories electrical installation 3 5 1 3 5 2 3 5 3 Transportation esssssssssseseeeeneees Center of gravity Installation space Place provision Optional parts Sdt de EE WEH Water Electric Heater DHWT Domestic Hot Water Tank Minimum water volume description Correction factor due to use of glycol PUMP Kit circiter iecit e dete aed cee es WEH Water Electric Heater DHWT Domestic Hot Water Tank Water drain discharge connection Field minimum wire sizes for the power source Main switches and fuses PUMP Kit eR WEH Water Electric Heater DHWT Domestic Hot Water Tank HITACHI Inspire the Next SMGB0066 rev 1 03 2010 General index H ITACH I Contents Inspire the Next Service Manual 3 6 Electrical wiring e Ee El iere ce te i Duce EAR Race ee HR ERE ER TERR 65 3 6 1 Electrical wiring diagram for models RHUE 3 6 AVHN enm eene 66 3 6 2 Electrical wiring diagram for RHUE 5 6 AHN isssseeseneene enne enne enne nennen nennt 67 COME 69 4 1 System configuration settings and control system 73 Ale Ee ipe 73 4 1 2 Sotware Clo a 73 4 1 3 System controller Ooverview nennen enne nennen nene enne ren nennen nene entren nns 74 4 1 4 Contents of the controller pack ccccccececeseseseneaeaeaeeceseeeeeeeeseeeeses cece seseseeseeeeeasasaeaeeseeeseeeeeeeeeeeseeeeees 74 4 1 5
152. checked Wire color for checking Normal value Q Model Motor model Red black White black Yellow black Blue black RHUE 3 6 A V HN SIC 68FV D851 7 8 1 MQ or greater 42 78 KO 168 312 KO 1 MQ or greater Values are shown for referenctial purpose While actual values may vary depending on the type of the tester any tester can be used to determine any short circuit or breakage based on or several O several KQ or 00 Other parts Part name Unit models Model code Resistance Q Solenoid valve for gas bypass 1540 00 105 52 52 50Hz at 20 C NET 1540 00 Solenoid valve for liquid injection RHUE 3 6 A V HN 105 52 52 50Hz at 20 C d 1435 00 Reversing valve STF 01AJ502D1 50Hz at 20 C RHUE 3 4 AVHN EK306AHD 27A2 Oe at 20 C 0 20 Compressor motor RHUE 5 6 AVHN EK406AHD 36A2 at 20 C 0 239 RHUE 5 6 AHN EK405AHD 36D2 at 20 C SMGB0066 rev 1 03 2010 Checking procedure for main parts Troubleshooting Service Manual 7 5 TROUBLESHOOTING OF CONTROL SYSTEM 7 5 1 System controller Fault codes and diagnostics Fault codes are displayed in the default display as FAUL 1 to FAUL 13 The table below describes the meaning of the HITACHI Inspire the Next fault code the behaviour of the system during that fault condition and suggested remedial action to solve the problem Code Fa
153. ck valve Q Close valve 2 5 4 Water drain discharge connection Drain discharging boss When the base of the Yutaki is temporarily used as a drain receiver the drain boss should be connected to the drain pipe See the below figure for further details Model Applicable Model e di DBS 26 RHUE 3 6 A V HN Drain pipe Drain pipe Extruded M Drain hole of Base Drain Boss 4 Rubber cap Connection procedure 1 Insert the rubber cap into the drain boss up to the extruded portions 2 Insert the boss into the unit base and turn approximately 40 degree counterclockwise 3 The outer diameter section of the drain boss is 32 mm 4 Adrain pipe should be field supplied A NOTE Do not use this drain boss set in a cold area since the drain water may freeze This drain boss may not be sufficient to collect drain water In such a case a bigger drain pan should be fieldsupplied and installed under the unit SMGB0066 rev 1 03 2010 Accessories hydraulic installation Electrical wiring HITACHI Service Manual Inspire the Next 3 ELECTRICAL WIRING CONNECTIONS AND DIAGRAM This chapter describes the procedures to carry out the electrical wiring connections for the Yutaki and its control system CONTENTS SMINEECI TISEBEITUSMEI I 46 3 2 Electrical Wiring CONNECHION euer teretes EENS EEN EE EEE PR aa
154. compressor from the unit by lifting it to avoid the contact between the metal sheet sharp edges Slightly incline it forward and lift and the high temperature piping 8 For brazing the compressor connection pipes first cool down the compresor piping side covering it with wet cloth Then brazing material will not enter into the compressor If the brazing material enters the compressor it will cause compressor failures Suction pipe See compressor position table below Discharge pipe Cover pipes with Vibration Proof wet cloth rubber 2 Vibration Proof rubber 1 Fixation of the compressor to the bottom plate Compressor position 1 2 3 4 Vibration proof rubber 1 O O O O Vibration proof rubber 2 O O B Nut O O SMGBO0066 rev 1 03 2010 RHUE 3 6 A V HN 246 Servicing Service Manual 9 1 8 Removing high pressure switch 1 Remove the service cover according to the section Removing service cover in this chapter Collect the refrigerant from the check joint according to the section Removing the compressor in this chapter Disconnect the faston terminals from the pressure switch Cut the high pressure switch from the brazing neck using a burner A WARNING High pressures Explosion risk Do not change the high pressure switch locally or change the high pressure cut out set value locally If
155. ction enable disable default 1 Odisabled 1 enabled 4 8 DHW CONTROL FUNCTIONS 4 4 8 1 DHW Storage Tank Loading Configuration Specific The DHW control function is available for configurations CONF 1 2 3 and 5 Enable Disable To enable DHW control parameter P1 should be set according to whether the system uses a diverting valve or separate pump for the DHW circuit DHW Heating DHW Heating Circuit Circuit Circuit Circuit D H ZC DHW diverting valve system DHW pumped system Function The DHW function has priority over the Heating Circuit which means that when the DHW storage tank is being loaded the heating circuit will be switched off The DHW function will be blocked temporarily disabled when the Tariff Timer input is configured for DHW and the input SMGB0066 rev 1 03 2010 DHW control functions 97 H ITACH I Controller pack Inspire the Next Service Manual is open circuit or alternatively short circuit as defined by parameter see DHW Time Program Parameter Settings P1 System DHW Choice default 0 P120 No DHW function P1 1 System with DHW diverting valve P122 System with DHW pump 4 8 2 DHW Control Function When DHW control is enabled the system controller heats the DHW tank temperature to the DHW setpoint P10 When the DHW temperature drops below the DHW setpoint minus the DHW differential P11 this function switches on the DHW Pump or opens the DHW valve and
156. de module is damaged SMGB0066 rev 1 03 2010 Checking procedure for main parts 221 H ITACH l Troubleshooting Inspire the Next Service Manual e Checking the transistor module 1 By bonding P to UVW or N to UVW no continuity and no variation on voltage drop should appear 2 By bonding P to UVW or N to UVW continuity and variation on voltage drop nearly 0 405 should be displayed and the same value in all cases Not the same value means that the diode module is damaged 7 4 3 Checking capacitors CB1 amp CB2 A DANGER Electrical hazard Risk of serious injuries or death Before installing the electrical wiring or before performing a periodical check turn OFF the main switch of the unit For safety reasons be sure that the fan is stopped Prevent from touching the capacitors terminals High voltage should be present before discharging them Turn off the unit and wait for the LED 201 to be off before touching the components If it s possible check the capacitance of each capacitor 4700uF 20 between 3760yF to 5640uF A visual check of the pressure valve of capacitors must be done to ensure it s integrity Swelng of pressure vahe It is not recommended to check tension PN Power source x V2 PC CN is nearly equal to PN 2 R1 amp R2 1 If the value is different Capacitor could be damaged by overload 04 alarm could be displayed if low supply voltage CN for IS
157. disassembly the fan Remove the fan motor connector from the PCB3 and PCB5 at the electrical box Cut off the cable tie that fixes the lead wire of the fan motor Remove the four 4 screws that fix the motor to the motor clamp Fix the motor wire with the cable tie or the cord clamp If not it may cause the disconnection of the fan motor s lead wire In order to avoid cutting edges mount the rubber bush at the partition plate when inserting the motor wire through it If not it may cause the disconnection to the fan motor s lead wire Partition plate Cord holder Rubber bush or cable tie Install DC motor to this position facing down the trap SMGBO0066 rev 1 03 2010 RHUE 3 6 A V HN Servicing Service Manual ON NOTE When assembling the motor ensure the cables section directly downwards Fix the protection tube edge end downwards to ensure water from keeping inside it Fix the motor wires onto the motor clamp with a cable tie to prevent them from collisioning the fan blades Assembling the fan blade Insert the skidding protection part of fan boss in accordance with the cutting part of the motor shaft and fix the screw after dismounting the screwed part of the shaft Tightening Torque of 20 N m When connecting the motor wire check to ensure that the colors of the connectors on the PCB3 and PCB5 are matched with the wires Fixthe air outlet grille firmly to the shroud
158. e the programmed temperature can be adjusted manually by pressing the a or v buttons or the A button The target temperature will be displayed and flash for 5 seconds during this time the a or v buttons can be used to modify the set value Note This temperature override is cancelled at the next programmed temperature change Temperature Enquiry When the Hitachi room unit is configured to control the room temperature directly it will display the current room temperature To review the programmed target temperature the temperature which the Hitachi room unit is trying to maintain press the i button This target temperature value will be displayed flashing for 5 seconds before returning to the current room temperature value Using the special functions HOLIDAY Function The holiday function allows you to set a constant temperature default 10 C for a specified number of days from 1 99 days This lets you save energy and related costs when you are away from home but resumes normal operation on the day of your return To set the Holiday function a Ensure the Hitachi room unit is running in AUTO A or MAN operating modes b Press the holiday button to display the holiday a days counter and temperature setting along with the holiday indicator c Press the or J time buttons to set the holiday time 1 to 99 days and press the green button to confirm d Press the a or v buttons to set th
159. e EHE SERRE HE Ede d Eee 47 3 2 1 Field minimum wire sizes for the power source 48 3 2 2 Main switches and ses cece cece eeaee cece ceaaeeeeeececaeaeeeeseceeaaeeeeeeseaaeceeeeseceeeeeeeeeceaeeeeeeeesaees 49 3 3 Setting the DIP switches 000 0 eee eet eer nene mener enne nnne nennen nnns 49 Er EMBED 53 3 5 Accessories electrical mstallatton eene 54 3 SEP ME 8 001 EE 54 3 5 2 WEH Water Electric Healter iii uui eiiiiece cepe scans cies EEN DEENS deg decas 57 3 5 8 DHWT Domestic Hot Water Tank tann tt nnn nnn Ennn nn SEEE nn nrn mnnn nanen nnan n nt 59 3 6 Electrical wiring dagrams nennen nnne nenne nennen EEA 65 3 6 1 Electrical wiring diagram for models RHUE 3 6 AVHN emen emen 66 3 6 2 Electrical wiring diagram for RHUE DGIGIAHN emen nennen nennen enne nennt 67 SMGB0066 rev 1 03 2010 Contents 45 HITACHI Electrical wiring Inspire the Next Service Manual 3 1 GENERAL CHECK A DANGER Electrical hazard Can cause serious injuries or death Do not connect or adjust any wiring or connections unless the main power switch is OFF Make sure that all the power sources are switched OFF Check that the earth wire is securely connected tagged and locked in accordance with national and local codes Check and test to ensure that if there is more than one source of power supply that all are turned OFF Check to ensure that the screws of the terminal block are tightly
160. e Hitachi room unit will display information on the screen and is now ready for use e Replace the battery cover by sliding it firmly back into the front of the Hitachi room unit STEP 2 Setting the date and time To set the Date and Time a Press the 1 button to begin setting the date b Press the o or buttons to set the current day of the month e g d01 1st day of the month then press the green button to confirm c Press the or J buttons to set the current month of the year e g m01 January then press the green button to confirm d Press the or J buttons to set the current year e g yr08 2008 then press the green button to confirm The date is now stored and the Day Indicator will be displayed under the current day of the week e g 1 Monday 2 4 Tuesday etc e Use the or p buttons to set the correct time then press the green button to confirm Each press of the buttons will change the time by one minute and holding them down will change the time slowly at first and get progressively quicker ON NOTE If this mode is entered accidentally then press the o D or o buttons to exit STEP 3 Running the built in heating program The Hitachi room unit is now ready for operation Press the e button and the built in heating program will start running O NOTE The built in heating program has been designed to provide normal comfort requirements but if you want to customise the setti
161. e Manual functions HITACHI Inspire the Next 5 AVAILABLE OPTIONAL FUNCTIONS CONTENTS 5 1 Freezeprotechon casa caaaaaeeeeeeeeeeeeesggeeeaaeaeeeseeeeeeeeeseetensenanees 152 5 2 Restart after power failure essssssssssssssssssssene ener enne nnns nennen nnne nnns 152 5 3 Compressor ON OFF Control 153 5 4 3 Minutes guard Control 154 5 5 ee 154 SMGBO0066 rev 1 03 2010 151 Contents Available Optional H ITACH l functions Inspire the Next 152 Service Manual 5 1 FREEZE PROTECTION DO ver Using setting point i 1 The unit is controlling the pump in order to avoid water circuit freeze as the following graphic indicates 15 Yutaki water temperature halt 40 A Intermitent 5 ON 50 OFF Q Permanent Ambient temperature Ta C When in operation in winter in the outdoor air temperature at 2 C or lower the water pump operates to protect Yutaki unit from freezing When the outlet water temperature is 15 C higher the pump performs without interruptions i e runs for five minutes and stops for 55 minutes The segment displays shows PU when the pump is running for five minutes and 88 when at stop for 55 minutes This control is released when the outdoor temperature becomes 4 C or higher Winter antifreezing control pump intermittent operation becomes inactive when OFF is selected in the setting mode When run operation is performed during
162. e holiday temperature 5 C to 35 C and press the green button to confirm SMGB0066 rev 1 03 2010 System MMI Pack Room unit and RF receiver 142 Controller pack H ITACHI Service Manual Inspire the Next The Hitachi room unit will now control to the new temperature for the set number of days that your home is vacant At midnight the holiday counter will be reduced by one until the selected number of days have passed The Hitachi room unit will then return to normal operation as set by the AUTO A or MAN mode To cancel the HOLIDAY function or to exit the function at any time press the a button a second time Adjusting the time To adjust only the time during normal operation use the or buttons to adjust the time and press the green button again to confirm any changes 4 23 DEVICE CONTROL SYSTEM Purpose Control subject Heating operation Defrost operation The frequency control is determined by PI Control frequency of control through the next parameters Fixed frequency inverter compressor A outlet temperature and water target temperature Onanimdadras expansis Control range of expansion valve P g degree expan opening degree is determined to Fully open valve for main circuit m optimize TsSH Opening degree expansion Specified opening degree controlled by valve for liquid injection temp on the top of compressor Td Fan Step is controlled according to PS Fan Fan st
163. e is controlled to maintain the required supply temperature Set the parameter P9 according to the running time of the actuator used P9 Actuator Run Time for Mixing Valve LN SE TERMINAL O OO BLOCK A Open N Close Mixing Valve Secondary pump The secondary pump is the circulating pump for the main heating loop In mono valent and mono energetic systems CONF 1 2 a secondary pump is only required if a hydraulic separator or buffer tank is used and in this case it is necessary to set the parameter P2 to 1 Before the heating is switched off the pump continues to run for a short time pump overrun time P3 to distribute the energy through the system P2 Secondary Pump Selection CONF 1 2 P3 Pump Overrun Time SMGB0066 rev 1 03 2010 Electrical wiring HITACHI Inspire the Next 81 H ITACH I Controller pack Inspire the Next Service Manual al Zz TERMINAL BLOCKA S S Secondary Pump Domestic Hot Water DHW The System Controller can use the heat pump and boiler bi valent systems to maintain the DHW storage tank at the DHW setpoint P10 P10 DHW setpoint P11 DHW control differential P12 DHW supply offset L N N TERMINAL BLOCK A 5 6 DHW Valve Pump e RF receiver box The RF Receiver is connected to the polarity free terminals 7 and 8 The Room Unit and RF Receiver are already configured to communicate with each other If the Room Unit or RF Receiver is replaced it is necessary to use the
164. e is greater than the Supply Return Difference Limit P32 A 0 5K control differential is applied TSUP TRET gt P32 0 5K Boiler is allowed to switch on TSUP TRET lt P32 0 5K Boiler is not allowed to switch on SMGB0066 rev 1 03 2010 Boiler control functions 108 Controller pack H ITACHI Service Manual Inspire the Next When the boiler starts from cold the supply temperature can drop for a small time as the cold water in the heat exchanger is pumped into the system This function would then cause the boiler to be switched off In order to prevent this this function does not operate when the boiler is switched on until a certain time has passed from the boiler starting This delay time is defined by a parameter Boiler Delay Time EP36 Enable Disable This function can be disabled by setting parameter P32 OFF Parameter Settings P32 Supply Return Difference Limit default 3K EP36 Boiler Delay Time default 5min A high value of P32 will prevent the boiler switching on until a large temperature difference is seen by the System Controller With a low value of P32 or with the function disabled the boiler may start more often for example during defrost cycles O NOTE This check is ignored if the Heat Pump is switched off or has a fault Engineering Parameters EP are only available for service engineers 4 10 3 Boiler Minimum On Off Times Function 4 In order to prevent ineffic
165. ec ON and 0 9 sec OFF Hold button on RF Receiver for 5 seconds LED will flash red for 0 5 sec ON and 0 5 sec OFF Press the D button on the Room Unit Hold v and buttons for 2 seconds Display will show InSt CO The boiler and RF signal icons will be displayed Press the green button When Red LED on the RF Receiver goes off the devices are bound If binding is unsuccessful then the LED will stay on In this case move the Room Unit and repeat the procedure from the beginning The LED on the RF Receiver will flash green every 10 seconds to indicate that the device is live Now go to Section 2 Installing the System MMI Pack to setup the system 4 22 7 Room Unit user guide The Hitachi programmable wireless room unit is designed to control your heating system efficiently providing comfortable temperatures when you are at home and energy savings when you are away The following instructions explain how to Description program and use the Hitachi room unit to provide the highest home comfort with a minimum cost Features Ergonomic user interface featuring an OK button LargeLCD Liquid Crystal Display Screen with backlight 7 day heating program to match your lifestyle whilst maximising energy savings 6 independent temperature levels per day from 5 C to 35 C Holiday button saves energy by letting you reduce the temperature for 1 to 99 days Built in Memory holds the user program indefinite
166. eceeseeneeeeeeeeeeeeeecesesaeaeeeeseeennaeeeees 110 4 11 Electric heater control functions ne enne enne renrterrnnnns 110 4 11 1 Electric Heater Control 110 4 11 2 Supply Return Difference Check 112 4 11 3 Electric Heater Waiting Time 112 4 11 4 Electric Heater Return High Limit Check eene nennen errem 113 4 11 5 Maximum Outdoor Temperature for Electrical Heater Operation 113 4 12 Mixing valve control functions eene meer ener nennen ener 114 4 12 1 Mixing Valve Control eate aere a rea eR cr dt a pese enemies 114 4 12 2 Mixing Bypass Valve Control scene eei tne ttem neta En arikiia daaa Tiit arani iiini 114 4 12 3 Mixed Heating Circuit Maximum Temperature Limit Protection 115 4 12 4 Mixing Valve Opening Delay cite eie cnet tret e teo base iaaa d dee renuit p cea a EE ERE Rene dE 115 4 13 General f nctlOns eene rene eei idee uaa e ede re eed een eve ev eae nee D eere rv Pod eed Fus 116 4 131 System Frost Protection eate eed bee ee etal bee ns E E a eee pg cbe ute es eae 116 4 13 2 Automatic Summer Gwitch On 116 4 13 3 Pump and Valve Seizure Protechon nennt tn natnn tn nnns tnnnn nnen tnn nnne nE En 116 4 13 4 Screed Function Drying for New Floor 116 4 14 Parameter tables nnne nnne nnne rrnrrt rs sn nn nnne n nennt ennt nsn sss ens 117 GE GN WR lu UE Tu E 117 4 14 2 Engineering Parameters ccccccecccecceeeeeceeeceeeeesen ances ee senaeae cee cgeaeeceeeeesaaaeceeee
167. ection Fault diagnosis of DC fan motor Replace the PCB1 In the case that the fan motor does not run even the PCB1 is replaced replace fan inverter PCB PCB4 5 SMGB0066 rev 1 03 2010 Troubleshooting procedure 215 HITACHI Inspire the Next 7 3 FAILURE DIAGNOSIS METHOD e General check of failure diagnosis In the case of no segment indication unit can not operate Is 380 415V 3N or 220 i No Troubleshooting Service Manual to the unit l Yes 240V 1 supplied Is 220 240V supplied to transformer primary side Is 28 3V in PIN 1 PIN2 17 6V in PIN3 PIN4 17 6V in PIN5 PIN6 of the printed circuit board for CPU PCB connector CN10A B Yes Is voltage 5V in Test Pins VCC05 GND1 and VCCO5T GND1 on PCB1 Is voltage 12V in Test Pins VCC12 GND1 and VCC12T GND1 on PCB1 Is voltage 24V in Test Pins VCC24 GND1 and VCC24N GND2 on PCB1 Yes Is DIP switch PSW1 PIN4 X Yes OFF gt Compressor Manual Stop No Check the power source switch No Is fuse broken Yes Ne Is R phase or S a Replace fuse Wiring check phase failure and repair No el Wiring check Connector check Check the power Yes gt Replace source switch transformer No gt Wiring check Connector check No jt Power Source Circuit Ma
168. ectrical connection 3 A DANGER Electrical hazard Can cause serious injuries or death All electrical connections must be completed by a qualified and licensed electrician in strict compliance with local regulations Before working on the pump switch OFF all the terminals of the supply voltage and wait five minutes due to the presence of a hazardous contact voltage capacitors Check that all connections including potential free contacts are neutral According to Part 1 of VDE 0730 the pump must be connected to the electrical supply by a solid wire equipped with a plug or an all pole switch The width of the contact gap must be at least 3 mm Main fuse 3 3 A time lag The pump installation must be earthed in compliance with the applicable regulations Check that the mains current and connection voltage comply with the data on the rating plate SMGB0066 rev 1 03 2010 Accessories electrical installation 55 Electrical wiring HITACHI Inspire the Next Service Manual 7 NOTE The motor may become damaged by overvoltage Before applying voltage to the motor double check the voltage Connect to the mains and connect the SK 602 SK 622 and SK C2 tripping unit observe rating plate data in accordance with the switching diagrams TOP S To guarantee protection against dripping water and to ensure strain relief of the cable gland PG 13 5 a connecting cable w
169. ed from switching on until this difference is greater than the Supply Return Difference Limit P32 A 0 5K control differential is applied TSUP TRET P32 0 5K Electric Heater is allowed to switch on TSUP TRET P32 0 5K Electric Heater is not allowed to switch on Enable Disable This function can be disabled by setting parameter P32 OFF Parameter Settings P32 Supply Return Difference Limit default 3K A high value will prevent the electric heater switching on until a large temperature difference is seen by the System Controller With a low value or with the function disabled the electric heater may start more often for example during defrost cycles 7 NOTE This check is ignored if the Heat Pump is switched off or has an internal fault 4 11 3 Electric Heater Waiting Time Function It is important with mono energetic systems that the Heat pump should first try to satisfy the heating demand by itself For this reason an electric heater waiting time applies This means that when the heatpump cannot meet the heating demand then the electric heater is switched on only after the waiting time has elapsed SMGB0066 rev 1 03 2010 Electric heater control functions Controller pack HITACHI Service Manual Inspire the Next The waiting time starts When the heat pump is switched on or When the electric heater switches off but only also when the Supply Setpoint SSUP lt heat pump maximum
170. ed to 120 C and continues for 10 The discharge gas temperature is increased over 140 C during more than 5 seconds PCB monitoring position PCB2 CN15 Is connector CN15 on the ES No Plug correctly and repair PCB2 correctly connected d Y Yes Measure the temperature of the position where the discharge gas thermistor attached by surface Yes wiring thermometer Is the temperature measured and shown in segment proper No Y Are the connectors between PCB1 and PCB2 No gt Shortage of Refrigerant Gas leakage ER i Check valve malfunction E i Clogging of expansion valve c Expansion valve opening check gt Expansion valve malfunction c 4 way valve malfunction c Clogging Strainer p Check liquid injection Wiring check Repair correctly connected CN9 CN1 CN5 CN2 PCB1 PCB2 CN6 CN3 CN2 CN4 Y Yes Pull out connector and measure thermistor No gt Breaking of wire wrong wiring resistance Is resistance correct Yes Replace thermistor SMGB0066 rev 1 03 2010 Troubleshooting procedure 182 Check Printed Circuit Board PCB2 Troubleshooting HITACHI Service Manual Inspire the Next Alarm code Description i Ee H Excessively low temperature of heat exchanger refrigerant inlet
171. eent Wd did aimeradwiay wuaiquiy 404 eseu WHL dopey Da Emed sec uon ns 194 1015341 WHL one pieog Bun parunid G ue edust 3ueiabuje pnb 10 Joisiuieu 1 WHL Home urew oj preog Bou parunid 18Md eimeraduia seg Bunerodenq 1oj 101s W34 1 W WHL JEH llo VELHO aimeleduial sep abieyssiq 19 jo1siuusu PWHL Vue ainssaid ubIH HE9 anyes dwa 1378M INNO 104 103514 L om WHL Jossaiduio 10 asn4 med VAN anea dwa eM eut 194 eu eu MWHL 105s24duio 10J peu Dz eBeddays 404 y gt ums uonng ysnd 40 cg uey 103 1030W UAM b nieis of youms uonng usnd 6 eg ossaiduio 10 1030W W suegyoowen ven sued jo aweN ew auam uu D MU IC ALES ree ee eue E UE env ae 1 1 bu Ei Uoneuuc aur w nm a e 1 E Ee x I xn NOY am I m D I SCC uhoava D E on w Ira S0 mn Val So sa L2 sa gt y 19 z e s E et ER E n Y B E l X D r3 og qv i mo gt ke i D reueg s s d i E H i wd i di wo sos nos oos noi wi E wol w T 1 MEM A 8 a 4 i 1 wae vie piu es a peu i a a n i H i M d e a di di CS a Lee a jet der i il Hel ao i umo e 5 wo Act Hoje d JE aw Ziele ao 90 7 iot E JEE s0 TI wp mo 9j Zei df WE 507 oe oe mo me ao wo m MEE D o Ww E X ER ECKER KC ECK ox E E o H uD UD o H LG X t er eu eee Du 005 S z gt Fa E Uorpsuuc aur 2 B xy M oae en NHAV 9 anH3l Slapow 104 wesbeip Bun e2uj29 3 WHL Lal Lat SMGBO0066 rev 1 03 2010 Electrical wiring diagram f
172. electric heater is switched off then the return temperature rises too high the effect will be that in some system conditions it will not be possible to reach 65 C supply temperature If it is important to allow 65 C operation then the parameter can be reduced or set to OFF but the result is that in some situations the electric heater will operate on its own and the heat pump will not be used This will cause higher energy costs Parameter Settings P33 Return Temperature Limit Offset default OFF Special Note It is highly recommended for CONF 2 that the parameter P33 is not left in the default OFF state Recommended setting is 5K Enable Disable This function can be disabled by setting the parameter P33 OFF 4 11 5 Maximum Outdoor Temperature for Electrical Heater Operation Function This function disables the electric heater control when the outdoor temperature is above the electric heater maximum outdoor temperature setting Above this setting it is assumed that the heat pump is able to deliver all the requested heat by itself and the electric heater is therefore not required Parameter Setting P15 Maximum Outdoor Temperature for Electric Heater Operation default 0 C Enable Disable To disable this function and allow electric heater operation at all outdoor temperatures set the parameter P15 OFF SMGB0066 rev 1 03 2010 Electric heater control functions 113 Controller pack HITACHI Inspire the Next Ser
173. elements radiating the tank case without water Apply thermal insulation on the hydraulic system pipes in order to avoid accidental injure due to excessive heat on piping surfaces and also to avoid heat losses When the unit is stopped during shutdown periods and the ambient temperature is very low it is possible that the water in the pipes and in the circulating pump freeze thus damaging the pipes and the water pump In order to prevent this during shutdown periods it is useful to empty the water from the installation OH NOTE Check periodically Water flow and pressure Water leakage s Fixing points tightening Inlet and outlet connection pipes must be 1G SMGB0066 rev 1 03 2010 Accessories hydraulic installation Water pipe installation H ITACHI Service Manual Inspire the Next DHWT 200 300 E S 2 5H1E Mm Ref Name _ L 1 Sanitary safety valve unit e Non return valve Q Heating coil 4 Recirculation pum e pump K Input o Shutoff cock 2 Return Drain Mains o Drain valve water input Pressure drop DHWT 200 300 E 2 5H1E DHWT 200 300 S 2 5H1E 500 500 my 200 200 100 100 B az S s E 20
174. en terminals 8 9 and 8 7 in WEH and also in System Controller Check Voltage 230V between Terminals A1 amp A2 in Contactor Coils of WEH Check Power Supply in System Controller Repair connections if required WEH has no Power Terminals L1 L3 have no voltage ELB CB or Fuse protecting WEH are activated There is some short circuit wrong connection or any earth leak Check cable connections in WEH power circuit Repair circuit and replace Fuse or Switch ON ELB CB Check possible miss connections in Check cable connections in WEH power due to low Water Pressure or no Water in Water Circuit Water Pressures Dot MR Problems in Water Circuit due to excesive Water Temperature in Water Circuit Thermostat Cut Out activated Excesive water temperature 859 C 440V 230V WEH power circuit circuit Repair circuit SE Replace Resistances if required 26 5 Ohms 5 Tolerance P 3 Check Water Pressure Fill Water Circuit with enough pressure must be gt 0 1MPa lt 0 1MPa Banani I ciet LWPS is OFF Check Valves and Water Circuit to Check if Water Circuit is locked ensure water circulation Check if there is Water leaks Check Water Temperature and Thermostat state Check Water circuit and repair leaks if exist Push reset button for thermostat re start 7 6 3 DHWT Domestic Hot Water Tank Observed failure Cause Check item Action Control signals from Sys
175. ene mem enne KANAA nene irit nhe iren tenni nnns 78 sAN Wing access Port M 79 AAD WINING CONNECTONS EE 79 4 4 3 System component Connections ene enne en nere n rrr ener entere enne nns 80 4 4 4 System configurations cccccccccceeccee cee toeter cece eeeeeaaeceeseeeaaeeeeeeeseaaeaeeeeseeeeaeeeeeescaeeeeeeseeqaeaeeeeseseaeeeeees 84 4 5 Application configurations nennen enne nennen nennt nine nnne 87 4 5 1 Principle of bi valent or mono energetic operation em emen 88 4 5 2 Mono Valent Systems CONF 1 cesses neenon noted andes a Sume eek BERE Xa a de a nac Ra Yo nrw ia ERA pn Ee R ERES 89 4 5 3 Mono Energetic Systems CONF 2 eene e enne enn en nre enne nn erret tenen nnn en nns 90 4 5 4 Bi valent Systems Parallel Operation CONFE3 eee eene nenne errem 91 4 5 5 Bi Valent System Parallel Operation Mixing Loop CONF AN 91 4 5 6 Bi Valent System Serial Operation CONF 5 sss eene nenne enne 92 40 S pply setpoint calculation eite tne titt ere b ree a nd d ER TRE sas denen 93 4 7 Heating control f nctlons 2 eiiis sia kien ekle iE LED dI SEENEN ERR deb REA de RR RE Ade 94 4 7 1 Heating Circuit General iiit err tree ertet i Rte Ded a dE Eed ree eeu o E Rx S dod tees 4 7 2 Heating Characteristic Curve OTC Control 4 7 2 1 Room Setpoint Parallel Shift 4 7 2 2 Room Tem
176. er any maintenance work Proper inspection should be performed to check for leaking parts inside and outside the system by completely opening the hot water inlet and outlet valves to the water condenser This WEH must be fully air purged to avoid heating elements radiating the tank case without water Install WEH as shows on the following drawing in order to allow a natural purge on the WEH inlet pipe in the bottom side and outlet pipe in the upper side both vertically oriented It is recommended to install an air purge after outlet piping in the highest position of the hydraulic installation Previous recommendation is a must when there are other parts of hydraulic system that could be installed in a higher position than WEH Apply thermal insulation on the hydraulic system pipes in order to avoid accidental injure due to excessive heat on piping surfaces and also to avoid heat losses When the unit is stopped during shutdown periods and the ambient temperature is very low it is possible that the water in the pipes and in the circulating pump freeze thus damaging the pipes and the water pump SMGB0066 rev 1 03 2010 Accessories hydraulic installation Water pipe installation H ITACHI Service Manual Inspire the Next In order to prevent this during shutdown periods it is useful to empty the water from the installation O NOTE In cases where water drainage is difficult an antifreeze mixture of glycol ethylene or propylene shou
177. er tank DHW controlled by separate pump CONF 3 P122 Bi Valent Parallel system DHW pump 4 5 5 Bi Valent System Parallel Operation Mixing Loop CONF 4 e Summary This is a bivalent system where the boiler is configured in parallel with the heat pump A hydraulic separator or buffer tank has to be used to ensure proper hydraulic balancing This system is recommended for retrofit upgrade applications where an existing gas oil boiler will be retained to provide the full heating requirements on the coldest days of the year Important Parameter Settings CONF 4 P4 heating curve according to building and system characteristics DHW tank control is not possible with this system It is also recommended to review all parameter settings and make modifications as required by the installation Example Bi Valent System with DHW amp mixed heating loop Hydraulic separator or buffer tank CONF 4 Bi valent Parallel system SMGB0066 rev 1 03 2010 91 System configurations Controller pack HITACHI Inspire the Next Service Manual 4 5 6 Bi Valent System Serial Operation CONF 5 e Summary This is a bivalent system where the boiler is configured in series with the heat pump A hydraulic separator or buffer tank has to be used to ensure proper hydraulic balancing This system is also used for retrofit upgrade applications but operates like the mono energetic system using the gas oil bo
178. er temperature limit of 35 C can be category 1 to the desired Upper lower reduced to 21 C to save the homeowner energy upper limit Set parameter 7 LL category 1 to the desired lower limit 4 22 5 Installer parameters table 4 22 5 1 Category 1 Room Unit settings 134 Parameter Parameter No Factory Default Setting Optional Setting Category 1 Parameters Room Unit Settings Display Description Display Description AM PM 24hr 24 hr clock display 12 hr AM PM clock display 1 CL 24 12 Display format format Time Temp profile set to Time Temperature are as factory default programmed ee 2 rP 1 Changes to 0 0 P 9 when one of the To restore the factory profile time temp profiles set to 1 are changed Auto Summer Auto Summer gt Winter Time 3 tC 1 Winter Time 0 s cd ML Change Change Enabled 9 LCD Backlighting e e Backlighting 5 bL 1 Enable 0 Backlighting Disabled SMGBO0066 rev 1 03 2010 System MMI Pack Room unit and RF receiver Controller pack Service Manual Inspire the Next Upper Temp SA 35 35 C Upper Temp 21 to 21 C to 34 C adjustment in Limit Limit 34 1 C steps Lower Temp 5 C Lower Temp 6 C to 21 C adjustment in 1 C Limit An Limit ones steps Optimisation Note This parameter will amp OP 0 Optimisation 1 Optimisation Enabled not function Disabled DO NOT CHANGE with the System Controller Te
179. ext Troubleshooting Service Manual Alarm code Description pt LL flickering Excessively high water temperature compressor stop the following procedure Water temperature is increased to 65 C by heat generation in pump or other heat source during only pump running during compressor stop during thermo off or during pump automatic operation in winter f water temperature is decreased less than 6 C due to pump stop it becomes normal status automatically Since this is not an abnormality of unit it is not saved in alarm history When this alarm happen check the water system first If any cause can not be detected check the unit according to PCB monitoring position PCB2 CN3 and CN9 Are connectors CN3 and CN9 on PCB2 correctly connected No Wiring check Repair Y Yes nd the water temperature shown in segment proper Is the actual water temperature a Yes Breaking of wire wrong wiring y Check water system of heat load y No No side Wiring check Repair Yes Pull out connector and measure thermistor Breaking of wire wrong wiring resistance Is resistance correct Are the connectors between PCB1 and PCB2 correctly connected PWB1 CN9 CN1 PWB2 Yes Failure of PCB1 Replace PCB1 Ka Replace thermistor O NOTE
180. f all three terminals have 1 KQ or greater 6 Contrary to 5 touch of the tester to P of DIP IPM soldered part and to DIP IPM U V W terminals to measure the resistance Normal if all three terminals have 30 kQ or greater Resistance gradually increases during measurement 7 Touch of the tester to N of ISPM soldered part and to ISPM U V W terminals to measure the resistance Normal if all three terminals have 1 KQ or greater 8 Contrary to 7 touch of the tester to N ofDIP IPM soldered part and to DIP IPM U V W terminals to measure the resistance Normal if all three terminals have 30 kQ or greater Resistance gradually increases during measurement Internal circuit of ACT part of inverter module Non faulty if 9 13 are checked and satisfied Measure with 1 KQ range of a tester ON NOTE DO NOT use a digital tester 9 Check items 1 8 10 Touch of the tester to DIP IPM DCL2 terminal and to P of ISPM DIP IPM soldered part to measure the resistance Normal if all three terminals have 100 kQ or greater 11 Contrary to 10 touch of the tester to DIP IPM DCL2 terminal and to P of DIP IPM soldered part to measure the resistance Normal if all three terminals have 1 KQ or greater 12 Touch of the tester to DIP IPM DCL2 terminal and to N of DIP IPM soldered part to measure the resistance Normal
181. f water inlet and outlet so vibration will not be transmited 3 Whenever possible sluice valves should be installed for water piping in order to minimise flow resistance and to maintain sufficient water flow 4 Proper leak inspection should be performed to check for leaking parts inside and outside the system by completely opening the hot water inlet and outlet valves to the water condenser Additionally install equip valves to the inlet and outlet piping 5 This unit is equipped with an air purge at the highest position of the water system If this position is not the highest one within the whole water installation equip another air purge Also equip a drain cock on the outlet piping The cock handle should be removed so that the cock can not be opened under normal circumstances If this cock is opened during operation trouble will occur due to water blow off 6 When necessary put insulation on the pipes in order to avoid heat losses 7 When the unit is stopped during shutdown periods and the ambient temperature is very low it is possible that the water in the pipes and in the circulating pump freeze thus damaging the pipes and the water pump In order to prevent this during shutdown periods it is useful to empty the water from the installation 7 NOTE In that case open the unit by removing the service cover and unscrew the water inlet thermistor in order to drain the water of the circuit as shown below
182. g Rebinding procedure to bind the desired units together and allow them to communicate with each other 4 22 1 2 Installation information As these products communicate using RF technology special care must be taken during installation The location of the RF components as well as the building structure may influence performance of the RF system To assure system reliability please review and apply the information given below Within a typical residential building the two products should communicate reliably within a 30m range It is important to take into consideration that walls and ceilings will reduce the RF signal The strength of the RF signal reaching the RF Receiver depends on the number of walls and ceilings separating it from the Room Unit as well as the building construction the diagram below illustrates an example of typical signal strength reduction Walls and ceilings reinforced with steel or plasterboard walls lined with metal foil reduce the RF signal significantly more Once a position is selected for the Room Unit this can be checked using the RF Communication Test mode as described in section Locating the Room Unit If the position is unsuitable the RF Receiver will not respond and an alternative position for the Room Unit must be selected SMGB0066 rev 1 03 2010 System MMI Pack Room unit and RF receiver Controller pack H ITACHI Service Manual Inspire the Next Signal Strength Max Signal Length
183. g auo tpe Fees icr e er A a d E RD dr Un a et eerte peu 140 LATEST ERE E M HM 142 4 23 Device control system 143 4 24 Yutak unit POB ER 144 SMGBO0066 rev 1 03 2010 Mounting 71 H ITACH I Controller pack Inspire the Next Service Manual 4 25 Safety and control device setting sssssssssseee enne 145 4 25 1 Defrost operation COto lv aisi ien cero nera rent etre cte a ele rane sea ea pa de Ea EEEE Eege 147 4 25 2 Control of expansion valve sssssssssssskseresstittsstttt tn tsart tt tnnt tE En AnE EEEE EES SE EEEEA EESE EEES ENEE EAEAN EErEE nenna nnne 149 SMGB0066 rev 1 03 2010 Mounting Controller pack HITACHI Service Manual Inspire the Next 4 1 SYSTEM CONFIGURATION SETTINGS AND CONTROL SYSTEM 4 1 1 Description The System Controller is a configurable outdoor temperature compensated heating controller The System Controller is a part of the Heat Pump Controller Pack and is linked to the other components of the hydronic control system such as the wireless Room Unit RF Receiver Water Temperature Sensor and Outside Sensor The Room Unit is connected to the System Controller via radio signals enabling simpler installation and offering the end user a choice to operate the system The System Controller operates the heat pump electric heater or boiler valves and pumps to ensure optimal operation of the heating system The System Controller has an LCD disp
184. g base 3 Secure the front cover using the two retaining screws 4 2 2 Wall Mounting Four 4 0 mm holes for installation are located on the System Controller mounting base for wall mounting Before wall mounting remove the four break outs A in the case as necessary For wire entry remove the appropriate break outs in the mounting box B Use screws max diameter 4mm and wall plugs suitable for the wall material not included in the delivery 4 2 3 Mounting on a DIN rail The system controller can easily be clicked on to a DIN rail via the locating clips on both sides of the mounting base Hold the system controller at an angle and hook onto the top of the DIN rail Push the system controller straight and against the DIN rail The locating clips will snap on the bottom of the DIN rail For removal bend the clips and pull off the system controller from the DIN rail RON SMGB0066 rev 1 03 2010 Mounting 76 Controller pack HITACHI Service Manual Inspire the Next ot 4 3 MOUNTING THE SENSORS 4 3 1 Water Temperature Sensor The water temperature sensor can be inserted into a suitable immersion well or strapped on to a pipe using the supplied metal clip ON NOTE For strap on mounting the metal clip must be used and tightened firmly to provide a good thermal connection A badly mounted sensor can cause control problems The best location for measuring the
185. g check Repair CN9 CN1 CN5 CN2 PCB1 PCB2 CN6 CN3 CN2 CN4 Y Yes Pull out connector and measure thermistor No Breaking of wire wrong wiring resistance Is resistance correct Yes Replace thermistor ki Check PCB1 and PCB2 Measuring the thermistor resistance value Thermistor characteristics Thermistor Resistance kQ 0 15 10 5 Temperature C 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 55 60 O NOTE Measure the resistance at least in 2 different points which the temperature is different more than 10 C SMGBO0066 rev 1 03 2010 Troubleshooting procedure 195 Troubleshooting HITACHI Inspire the Next Service Manual Alarm code Description d 4 Failure of discharge gas temperature thermistor Open Short The alarm code is displayed on the PCB s display This alarm code is displayed when the thermistor is short circuited or cut PCB monitoring position PCB2 CN15 Is connector CN15 on No PCB2 correctly connected Wiring check Repair Breaking of wire wrong wiring Y Yes Are the connectors between PCB1 and PCB2 correctly connected CN9 CN1 No Wiring check Repair Breaking of wire wrong wiring CN5 CN2 PCB1 2 4 PCB2 CN6 CN3 CN2 CN4 y Yes
186. gging of the strainer Check for clogging Symptom You can appreciate a temperature gradient between strainer inlet and outlet Clean or replace the strainer Clogging of the heat exchanger Failure or malfunction of the expansion valve Check for clogging Check the connection cord and the connector Remove the clogging Replace the connector Is there an operation sound from the coil Replace the coil Is the thermistor for the compressor normal Replace the themistor or pressure sensor Is the thermistor correctly installed on the suction pipe Install correctly the thermistor Excessively high water inlet temperature Check water temperature Refer to the customer Failure fan motor not running Excessively high suction pressure Malfunction or internal leakage of the 4 way valve Measure the motor s terminals resistance Check the temperature difference between the inlet and outlet of the 4 way valve Replace fan motor Replace the 4 way valve Initial troubleshooting SMGBO0066 rev 1 03 2010 Troubleshooting H ITACHI Service Manual Inspire the Next Abnormal operation of the devices Cont Action Observed failure Cause Check item Turn OFF the main switch Clogging of the expansion Replace the expansion valve valve Clean or repair the Too much super heat Clogging of the strainer trainer Malfunction
187. gn particles Remove the tape at pipe connection Do not expose the refrigerant cycle to the atmosphere for a long period in order to avoid mixing the water and foreign particles into the refrigerant cycle After removing compressor replace it quickly If exposed for a long period seal the suction pipe and discharge pipe If circuit breaker or fuse is often activated stop the system and contact your service contractor SMGB0066 rev 1 03 2010 Contents 240 dd HITACHI Service Manual Inspire the Next 9 1 RHUE 3 6 A V HN 9 1 1 Removing service cover Screw Remove the main parts according to the following procedures 7 NOTE Screws are represented as black points in the figure besides To reassemble perform the procedures in reverse To prevent contamination of the refrigerant with water or foreign particles do not expose open pipes to atmosphere for long periods If necessary seal pipe ends using caps or tape 1 Remove the nine 9 fixing screws of the upper cover 2 Remove the fourteen 14 fixing screws of the front A cover IC 3 Slide the service cover downward and remove it 4 Pay attention of not falling off the service cover oo D i Screws 9 1 2 Removing air outlet grille 1 Remove the eight 8 fixing screws Air outlet
188. greater 2 Contrary to 1 touch of the tester to DIP IPM 52C terminal and to DIP IPM R S terminals to measure the resistance Normal if all three terminals have 100 kQ or greater 3 Touch of the tester to of DIP IPM DMI soldered part and of the tester to DIP IPM R S terminals to measure the resistance Normal if all three terminals have 1 kO or greater 4 Contrary to 3 touch of the tester to of DIP IPM DMI and of the tester to DIP IPM R S terminals to measure the resistance Normal if all three terminals have 100 kQ or greater SMGB0066 rev 1 03 2010 Checking procedure for main parts Electrical Plug soldering iron N Ut E es Connecting Wires i I 10 ll DIP IPM A ER o 8 Obi Contact with specified terminals to measure Troubleshooting Service Manual 5 Touch of the tester to P of DIP IPM soldered part and to DIP IPM U V W terminals to measure the resistance Normal i
189. group category 2 from Parameter n 4 to n 14 Q To exit the installer mode press the Ka or f buttons 4 22 4 2 Fail Safe mode setup The fail safe mode defines the system status if the RF communication is lost e g when the Room Unit stops communicating due to discharged batteries If the system is a direct radiator one then the factory setting will make the system revert to a set point of 10 C for frost protection If indirect loops are added the system will continue to operate at the last communicated setpoint 4 22 4 3 Using the Room Unit for specific applications The Room Unit is a versatile controller that can be used to control many different applications Please note that when the Room Unit is installed in conjunction with a System Controller the functionality will differ to that when installed with a standard boiler system Most of the functions shown below will be controlled by the System Controller and be set within its parameters Therefore some of the system parameters within the Room Unit menu will not apply Please also note other changes to the setting of the optimisation and proportional band settings as shown in the the next tables SMGB0066 rev 1 03 2010 System MMI Pack Room unit and RF receiver 133 Controller pack HITACHI Inspire the Next Service Manual NOTE In order for the Room Unit to send the heating demand signal to the RF Receiver it is essential that the C
190. he high voltage discharge procedure by referring to section Checking procedure for main parts SMGB0066 rev 1 03 2010 Troubleshooting procedure 206 Troubleshooting H ITACHI Service Manual Inspire the Next Turn OFF power diconnect U V W from compressor No terminals and restart Does the protecting function activate 4 Yes Check ISPM or DIP IPM No Yes Has been there any No instantaneous drop of voltage Replace ISPM or DIP IPM Check compressor Yes Check power supply and wiring capacity gt Replace ISPM or DIP IPM 1 Turn ON the No 1 switch of the DIP switch on ISPM when restarting with disconnecting the terminals of the compressor After troubleshooting turn OFF the No 1 switch of the DIP switch on ISPM SMGBO0066 rev 1 03 2010 Troubleshooting procedure 207 Troubleshooting HITACHI Inspire the Next Service Manual Alarm code Description 4 ISPM or DIP IPM protection activation IPDM or Dip IPM have detecting function of abnormality This alarm is indicated when the transistor module detect the abnormality 3 times in 30 minutes including 3 Retry operation is performed up to the occurrence of 2 times The compressor restarts automatically in 3 min Conditions Abnormal current to the transistor module such as Short circuited or grounded or Abnormal temperature of the IPM or Dip IP
191. hown in the table below Setting Function Details 0 Enable If this function is Enable in case of power failure the unit will restart 1 Disable automatically once the power is recovered 5 3 COMPRESSOR ON OFF CONTROL ON OFF Temperature Differential Thermo ON OFF Difference is configurable by 1 C i e 1 2 3 4 by setting mode operation The factory setting default is 4 C This mode is activated by turning pin 3 of DSW1 ON Pressing PSW2 and PSW1 for more than three seconds at the same time allows changing from each item displayed To finish changing press PSW2 and PSW1 for more than three seconds again after changing to predetermined setting The chart of setting operation is shown below LE LE Dass E fais D 3 PSW1 Value up PSW2 Value down Ql PSW2 SMGB0066 rev 1 03 2010 Compressor ON OFF control 153 Available Optional Lf ITACHI functions Inspire the Next Service Manual 154 5 4 3 MINUTES GUARD CONTROL Compressor startup by thermo recovery shall always to ensure 3 minutes of compressor OFF status However the standard upon operation startup is 3 minutes but it can be changed by the setting mode in the following chart The time available for setting is 30 seconds and by 1 minute between 1 and 10 minutes This mode is activated by turning pin 3 of DSW1 to ON Pressing PSW2 and PSW1 for more than three seconds at the same time allows changing from each
192. ical shock Perform the high voltage discharge procedure as described Magnetic contactor Inverter module ISPM LED 201 __ Magnetic contactor j E Reactor E LH Noise filter PCB Capacitors e Procedure using an analog tester Rectification parts of internal circuit of ISPM common o P1 Checking the diode module de A A s 1 By touching the side of the tester to the P1 T terminal of ISPM and the side of the tester to R A A and S of ISPM measure the resistance If all the oN resistances are more than 1 KO it is normal 2 By touching the side of the tester to the P1 E LL cos TW cose terminal of ISPM and the side of the tester to R D Ww om LA B LL e eg and S of ISPM measure the resistance If all the te E C500 gy o vg E390 H resistances are more than 100 kQ it is normal len o rl o 3 By touching the side of the tester to the N E SERIERS W n terminal of ISPM and the side of the tester to R and S of ISPM measure the resistance If all the resis
193. ient short cycling of the boiler this function prevents the boiler from switching on or switching off until either the boiler minimum off time or boiler minimum on time respectively has elapsed Parameter Settings P17 Boiler minimum ON time default 2 min P18 Boiler minimum OFF time default 5 min High values of minimum ON and OFF times may cause large fluctuations in water temperature and should usually be avoided 7 NOTE Ifthe boiler is disabled rather than off due to normal control load 0 then the boiler minimum ON time does not apply 4 10 4 Boiler Waiting Time Function It is important with bi valent systems that the Heat pump should first try to satisfy the heating demand by itself For this reason a boiler waiting time applies This means that when the heatpump cannot meet the heating demand then the boiler is switched on only after the waiting time has elapsed The waiting time starts When the heat pump is switched on or When the boiler switches off but only also when the Supply Setpoint SSUP lt heat pump maximum temperature heat pump sensor offset SMGB0066 rev 1 03 2010 109 Boiler control functions Controller pack HITACHI Inspire the Next Service Manual This means that when the heatpump should normally be able to meet the heating demand on its own the boiler waiting time applies but when the supply setpoint is so high that the heat pump cannot meet the heati
194. iler similarly to the electric heater in series with the heat pump The boiler only needs to provide the additional peak load capacity Important Parameter Settings CONF 5 P1 0 1 2 according to DHW system type P4 heating curve according to building and system characteristics It is also recommended to review all parameter settings and make modifications as required by the installation Example Bi Valent System with DHW Serial operation with bypass mixing valve DHW controlled by diverting valve Hydraulic separator or buffer tank CONF 5 Bi valent Parallel system P1 1 DHW valve Example Bi Valent System with DHW Serial operation with bypass mixing valve DHW controlled by separate pump Hydraulic separator or buffer tank CONF 5 Bi Valent Parallel system P1 2 DHW pump SMGB0066 rev 1 03 2010 System configurations Controller pack H ITACHI Service Manual Inspire the Next 4 6 SUPPLY SETPOINT CALCULATION Calculation The System Controller uses the zone of greatest demand strategy for calculating the supply water temperature required from the Heat Pump and or 3 stage electric heater or boiler The system controller recognises three zones Zone 1 The normal heating loop controlled directly by the System Controller direct or mixed depending on the system configuration Zone 2 The mixed heating loop controlled by the Extension Controller DHW zone The DHW storage tank loading loop E
195. ill flash once for 0 1 sec ON and 0 9 sec OFF Once the faulty device has been identified replace as necessary and follow the re binding procedure as described in section Binding Rebinding Procedure 4 22 4 Installer mode Installer Mode is used to alter the system settings for specific applications to use the special features of the Room Unit in a different way or to alter the factory preset parameters Parameters are divided into two groups Category 1 parameters Room Unit Setup Category 2 parameters System Setup These are all listed in section Installer Parameters Table SMGB0066 rev 1 03 2010 System MMI Pack Room unit and RF receiver Controller pack HITACHI Service Manual Inspire the Next 4 22 4 1 Entering installer mode Press the button Press and hold the 8 button and the PROGRAM amp buttons together The unit will display the first parameter of installer parameter group category 1 from Parameter n 1 to n 19 as shown A Press the or vy to change amp Er an factory setting FLL J m The display will flash indicating that L Q2 7 v a change has been made Press the green button to o afi l A confirm the change LL Y The display will stop flashing ge Continues in the next page A o fa Press button to go to the next z d T P v parameter 2 O Press the button to go to Installer parameter
196. ilure PCB1 is broken and replace PCB1 SMGB0066 rev 1 03 2010 Failure diagnosis method 217 HITACHI Inspire the Next 218 Troubleshooting Service Manual 7 4 CHECKING PROCEDURE FOR MAIN PARTS 7 4 1 RHUE 3 6 AVHN Procedure for checking the DIP IPM High voltage discharge is an imperative work for replacing parts A WARNING Electrical hazard Risk of electrical shock Perform this high voltage discharge work to avoid an electric shock 1 Turn OFF the main switches and wait for three minutes Make sure that no high voltage exists If LED201 is ON after start up and LED201 is OFF after turning OFF power source the voltage will decrease lower than DC50V 2 Connect connecting wires to an electrical soldering iron 3 Connect the wires to terminals P and N on DIP IPM Discharging is started resulting in hot soldering iron Pay attention not to short circuit between terminal P and N 4 Wait for 2 or 3 minutes and measure the voltage once again Check to ensure that no voltage is charged e Inverter module checking procedure Internal circuit of rectified part of DIP IPM Non faulty if 1 8 are checked and satisfied Measure with 1 KQ range of a tester 7 NOTE DO NOT use a digital tester 1 Touch of the tester to DIP IPM 52C terminal and to DIP IPM R S terminals to measure the resistance Normal if all three terminals have 1 KQ or
197. in order to avoid injury Use gloves ON NOTE This appliance is not intended to be used by people including children with reduced physical sensory or mental capabilities or lack of experience and knowledge unless they have been given supervision and instruction concerning the use of the appliance by a person responsible for their safety For easy operation and maintenance install the unit with sufficient clearance around it as shown in the next pages Transport the package as close as possible to the intallation location before unpacking Make sure that the foundation is flat levelled and strong enough Install the unit in a place where no seasonal wind might directly blow into the outdoor fan Install the unit in a restricted area not accessible by the general public Cleaning liquid shall be collected after cleaning operation SMGB0066 rev 1 03 2010 Contents 16 Unit installation Service Manual 1 1 RHUE 3 6 A V HN 1 1 14 Transportation HITACHI Inspire the Next A WARNING unit before the installation or test run Malfunction Unit failure Do not put any foreign material into the unit and make sure that none exists inside the Hanging method When hanging the unit ensure its balance and lift it up smoothly and safely Do not remove any packing materials until the unit is positioned and hang the unit under packing condition with two ropes as sh
198. installation Electrical wiring Service Manual 3 5 2 WEH Water Electric Heater General check 1 d D HITACHI Inspire the Next Ensure that the field supplied electrical components main power switches circuit breakers wires connectors and wire terminals have been properly selected according to the electrical data indicated Make sure that they comply with national and regional electrical codes Electrical connection must be done by professional installers Make sure that the power supply voltage is within 10 of the rated voltage Make sure that power supply has an impedance low enough to warranty not reduce the starting voltage more than 85 of the rated voltage Check that the earth wire is securely connected tagged and locked in accordance with national and local codes Connect a fuse of specified capacity Check periodically the electrical connection tightening A DANGER Electrical hazard Can cause serious injuries or death Do not connect or adjust any wiring or connections unless the main power switch is OFF Make sure that all the power sources are switched OFF Check that the earth wire is securely connected tagged and locked in accordance with national and local codes Check and test to ensure that if there is more than one source of power supply that all are turned OFF Check to ensure that the screws of the terminal block are tightly tightened A CAUTION D
199. installed together e Attaching example of air flow guide Attach the air flow guide to the air discharge grille with four 4 screws supplied The fixing holes are located at 4 positions on the grille Screw tightening torque 2 4 3 1N m Do not remove the air discharge grille for air flow guide installation A WARNING rotating fan Rotating fan blades Risk of cut If the air guide is installed without discharge grille it may cause injury due to Two windbreak covers installation Outdoor unit screw x4 Accessories Air flow guide Ca Air flow TTT M5 fixing screw x4 Accessories Air flow direction of both air flow guides should be the same Service space In case of upward air discharge Incase of right and left sides air discharge enough space for air discharge is required The downward air discharge is also available In such case install the base under the unit to secure enough space for air discharge Incase of serial units installation air discharge should be upward Air flow guide te Passage side SMGBO066 rev 1 03 2010 RHUE 3 6 A V HN Unit installation HITACHI Inspire the Next Service Manual Wind guard Specifications Model WSP 335A t t Quantity 2 per unit Material Galvanized sheet metal baked painting s Color Gray 1 0Y8 5 0
200. ints which the temperature is different more than 10 C SMGB0066 rev 1 03 2010 Troubleshooting procedure 190 Troubleshooting Service Manual Alarm code Description 4 Activation of freeze protection control water inlet The alarm code is displayed on the PCB s display This alarm code is displayed when the chilled water temperature is lower than 2 C PCB monitoring position PCB2 CN9 Is connector CN9 on the No Wiring Check PCB2 correctly connected gt Breaking of wires Wrong wiring Y Yes Is the actual water temperature and the Yes m Check the water flow rate temperature shown in Check temperature of Inlet t iiri aad gt Check pump reverse rotation o c Check water strainer clogging c Check air mixing e Check 4 way valve Are the connectors between PCB1 and PCB2 No Wiring check Repair correctly connected Breaking of wire wrong CN9 CN1 wiring CN5 CN2 PCB1 PCB2 CN6 CN3 CN2 CN4 Y Yes Pull out connector and measure thermistor No resistance Is resistance correct Replace thermistor Lei Check PCB1 and PCB2 SMGBO0066 rev 1 03 2010 Troubleshooting procedure HITACHI Inspire the Next 191 H ITACH I Troubleshooting Inspire the Next OOOO Service Manual Alarm code Description H
201. ion Electrical wiring H ITACHI Service Manual Inspire the Next The tanks must be with a DHWT temperature control thermostat and an all pole limiter thermostat the setting of these two components must be compatible with the design parameters of storage tanks The sensors must always be located at a higher level than the electric heater element We recommend installing appropriate safety devices temperature safety device safety level for heating liquids by natural convection flow safety device for liquids in circulation etc z ef Name DHWT 200 300 8 2 5H1E Flange Heater Seal To earth terminal of the control panel w To the top flange 7 To terminal 5 and 6 of the control panel Washers Screws Studs Nuts Metal protective casing Screws M6 3 Panel Screws M4 Wires 8 8 00e 0o00 O00 0 6 Earth Wire DHWT 200 300 E 2 5H1E Ed zn e Name zv To earth terminal of the control panel zo To the top flange 2o To terminal 5 and 6 of the control panel Flange Heater Seal Nuts Nylon bushing Nylon washers Metalic washers Metal protective casing Screws M6 Panel Screws M4 Wires Earth Wire
202. ion Normal Operation mode Output Display mode Output Setting mode amp 21sec en OC TET IL E oi fal SET Jc wm IC Simo HI 1 ti Hi zi JM JI EI i LS eS S 2 d m SEL I le ae T t T 3 or i HER 44 8 Vv SMGB0066 rev 1 03 2010 System testing Controller pack H ITACHI Service Manual Inspire the Next Output Heat Pump setting mA Heat Pump remote on off Secondary pump not displayed if P2 0 DHW valve pump not shown if P1 0 if P1 0 y 4 21 EXPANDING THE SYSTEM 4 21 1 Additional mixing zone The system controller is designed so that it can be expanded when necessary to control heating systems with an additional mixed heating zone The extension controller will control a mixing circuit consisting of a mixing valve and pump as shown below It is possible to use one room unit for the entire system or have one room unit in each heating zone with separate time programmes 4 Installation instructions are included with the extension controller 4 21 2 Binding RF components together The Room Unit and RF receiver included in the system pack are already factory configured to work together If either of these units have to be replaced please follow the instructions below for the method of binding RF components together To enter the RF Binding procedure press and hold the button on the RF Receiver for
203. ion set P26 OFF 4 13 3 Pump and Valve Seizure Protection Function The System Controller has an anti seize protection function for valves and pumps which helps to prevent these components sticking during long periods of inactivity Every 24hrs the components which have not been used will be run for a short period 4 13 4 Screed Function Drying for New Floors Function The screed function is used exclusively for the required drying of newly applied screed on floor heating systems The process is based on EN 1264 part 4 When the screed function is activated 1 The flow temperature is kept constant at 25 C for 3 days 2 Heating is set at the maximum supply setpoint P6 for 4 days water temperature is always limited to 55 C SMGB0066 rev 1 03 2010 General functions 116 Controller pack HITACHI Service Manual Inspire the Next On completion of the screed function the controller returns to normal operation To Activate The function is activated by setting parameter P25 to 1 The screed function can be deactivated at any time by setting the parameter P25 to 0 Diagram PC eg Maximum temperature setting 40 C 25 Days Parameter Settings P25 Start Screed Drying Function default 0 ON NOTE 4 If there is a power interruption the screed function will continue when the power is restored 4 14 PARAMETER TABLES 4 14 1 Installer Parameters Setting Instructions
204. is exposed to the ambiance for a long period seal both suction and discharge pipes Remove the cap for the compressor just before replacing the compressor Before assembling the compressor seal the suction pipe and discharge pipe with tape to protect the compressor interior from foreign particles Remove the tape when connecting the pipes HITACHI Inspire the Next Indication of terminal number wires Compressor K Details for compressor terminals Compressor wires 3 wires A WARNING Flamable objects Fire risk All compressor pipes must be brazed to be connected to the refrigerant circuit Ensure that all the sourrounding is free of flammable objects and liquids when performing piping brazing work Fix it with screw 9 SMGBO066 rev 1 03 2010 RHUE 3 6 A V HN 245 HITACHI aie Inspire the Next Service Manual 5 Remove the crankcase heater Oil heater on the lower 9 Reassemble the parts in the reverse order of the case indicated removing procedures Tighten the screws U V and W for compressor 6 Remove the suction pipe and the discharge pipe wires with 2 5N m from the compressor Isolate the wires and electrical Fix the lead wire firmly components to protect them from the burner flame when brazing the connection pipes OH NOTE 7 Remove the two 2 nuts fixing the compressor and Fix the lead wire for the compressor firmly using a cable tie remove the
205. istance Replace heater and fuse Failure of freeze protection heater for water piping Meassure resistance Replace heater and fuse Failure of the transformer Check the transformer voltage output Replace the transformer SMGB0066 rev 1 03 2010 Initial troubleshooting Troubleshooting Service Manual HITACHI Inspire the Next Observed failure Cause System controller cable disconnected Check item Connect the cable Action Turn OFF the main switch Replace the cable or repair the cable One or several phase failure or inverted phase order Zi Only in three phase unit alarm Check the connection of R S and T phase Reorder the phases Failure of remote local switch or remote local switch set at local Deficient contact at terminal controller connectors Insufficient connection or incorrect connection of the Yutaki unit PCB Insufficient connection or incorrect connection of the terminal in remote controller Check remote local switch Check the connectors and terminals Turn the switch to remote or replace switch Remove rust dust or any contaminants check the correct tightening of the terminals Failure of the system controller Undefined PCB failure Unconnected wires to PCB Refer to Troubleshooting of system controller Check the connectors Correctly connect the wires Failure
206. istance between the RF Receiver and the Room Unit The red LED is on the RF Receiver Communication loss The RF Receiver receives no RF messages from the Room Unit RF signal is blocked due to wrong location of the Room Unit Room Unit batteries are exhausted Re locate the Room Unit Installing the System MMI Pack Replace batteries in the Room Unit Diagnostic mode The Room Unit has a user accessible mode that provides information useful to a remote service person and a means of checking whether the heating system is working To access this press the D button then press and hold the button for 5 seconds The Room Unit will enter the user settings mode Next press and hold the and buttons together The following information can be viewed on the display by pressing the or v buttons model ID date code WW YY amp checksum SMGBO0066 rev 1 03 2010 Troubleshooting of control system Troubleshooting Service Manual 7 6 TROUBLESHOOTING OF ACCESSORIES 7 6 1 Pump kit HITACHI Inspire the Next Problem Cause Remedy The unit is making noises There is air in the unit The pump volume rate is too strong Vent the unit Decrease the pump output by switching to a lower speed The pump lift is too high Decrease the pump output by switching to a lower speed The pump is making noises inlet pressure Cavitation noise has occured in the pump
207. istor Measuring the thermistor resistance value Thermistor characteristics d Check PCB1 and PCB2 Thermistor Resistance kQ 0 15 10 5 Temperature C 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 55 60 O NOTE Measure the resistance at least in 2 different points which the temperature is different more than 10 C SMGB0066 rev 1 03 2010 Troubleshooting procedure 197 HITACHI Inspire the Next Troubleshooting Service Manual Alarm code Description d h Failure of suction gas temperature thermistor Open Short The alarm code is displayed on the PCB s display This alarm code is displayed when the thermistor is short circuited or cut PCB monitoring position PCB2 CN11 Is connector CN11 on PCB2 correctly connected No Wiring check Repair Y Yes Are the connectors between PCB1 and PCB2 correctly connected CN9 CN1 CN5 CN2 CN6 CN3 CN2 CN4 PCB1 PCB2 Breaking of wire wrong wiring No gt Wiring check Repair Pull out connector and measure thermistor resistance Is resistance correct Breaking of wire wrong wiring No Yes Lei Replace thermistor gt Check PCB1 and PCB2 Measuring the thermistor resistance value Thermistor Resistance kQ Thermistor characteristics 15 10 5 0 5
208. itch on No power to heating system Program does not call for heat Check that there is power to the heating system Press the button and then press the a to increase the temperature a few degrees above the current room temperature The heating should come on after a few seconds Wrong electrical connection Call the installer to check the electrical connections The red LED on the receiver located next to heat pump controller is constantly on or flashing RF communication lost due to the wrong location of the Hitachi room unit Hook the Hitachi room unit back on the wall bracket or replace the Hitachi room unit on the table stand in the position where RF communication was reliable RF communication fault Call installer The RF Receiver does not react to setpoint changes on the Room Unit The Room Unit and RF Receiver are not bound or the installer parameter 8 Su has not been set correctly Make sure that the 8 Su parameter value is set correctly Reset the RF Receiver by pressing and holding the push button for 15 seconds Then follow the binding rebinding procedure as described in section 4 Binding Rebinding Procedure After the binding procedure the red LED continues to flash on the RF Receiver Incorrect or incomplete binding procedure Incorrect position of the Room Unit during binding Repeat the binding procedure Repeat the binding procedure keeping approx 1m d
209. ith an external diameter of 10 12 mm is to be used and assembled In addition the cables in the vicinity of the cable gland are to be bent into a run off loop to drain off any dripping water Motor protection Max power Pump consumption P max Tripping Reset Speed switching see rating plate data Auto reset once the motor TOP S 25 7 Internal switch off of the motor has cooled down the pump Speed adjustment P max lt 245W i A e 1 230V 1 main power supply will automatically switch switch 3 settings back on WSK and external switch Manually at the external Hep 330W P max 400W SK602 SK622 C SK or other switch box once the motor Spegd adjustment 1 230V 1 switch 3 settings control unit has cooled down Operation The system must be filled and vented properly The pump rotor chamber will vent automatically after a short running period Brief dry running will not damage the pump The pumps wich are equipped with vent screws can be ventilated as follows if necessary 1 Switch off the pump 2 Close the shut off valve on the discharge side A CAUTION Risk of scalding Depending on the fluid temperature and the system presssure if the vent screw is completely loosened hot liquid or gas should escape or even shoot out at high pressure Protect all electrical parts against the water released from the unit SMGB0066 rev 1 03 2010 Accessories electrical
210. k Repair Y Yes Are the connectors between PCB1 and PCB2 correctly connected No Breaking of wire wrong wiring Wiring check Repair CN9 CN1 CN5 CN2 PCB1 PCB2 CN6 CN3 CN2 CN4 Y Yes Pull out connector and measure thermistor No Breaking of wire wrong wiring resistance Is resistance correct Yes Replace thermistor Measuring the thermistor resistance value d Check PCB1 and PCB2 Thermistor characteristics Thermistor Resistance kQ 0 15 10 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 55 60 Temperature 9C o NOTE Measure the resistance at least in 2 different points which the temperature is different more than 10 C SMGB0066 rev 1 03 2010 Troubleshooting procedure 194 Troubleshooting Service Manual HITACHI Inspire the Next Alarm code Description d d Failure of ambiente temperature thermistor Open short The alarm code is displayed on the PCB s display This alarm code is displayed when the thermistor is short circuited or cut PCB monitoring position PCB2 CN10 Is connector CN10 on No PCB2 correctly connected Wiring check Repair Y Yes Are the connectors between PCB1 and PCB2 correctly connected No Breaking of wire wrong wiring Wirin
211. lar to the action for the DHW electric heater section 5 4 If after the boiler waiting time P19 the DHW temperature has not reached the DHW setpoint the boiler is anyway switched on Parameter Setting P10 DHW setpoint P19 Waiting Time for Boiler default 30 min EP39 DHW offset for maximum heat pump supply temperature default 7K Engineering Parameters EP are only available for service engineers 4 8 6 Response of the Heat pump to a DHW demand Function Since the heat pump only reads the control signal mA once every 20 minutes there can be a delay before the system responds to the DHW request In order to improve this response time the System Controller uses a feature of the heat pump that when the control signal is set to its highest value it responds immediately So if the supply setpoint has to be increased due to a DHW demand then the supply setpoint is set to the parameter EP29 Heat Pump maximum supply temperature for a certain time This time is the Heat Pump Max Time High Setpoint EP35 When this time period expires the Supply Setpoint is set to the normal calculated DHW supply setpoint Parameter Setting EP35 Heat Pump Max Time High Setpoint default 180sec 7 NOTE Engineering Parameters EP are only available for service engineers SMGB0066 rev 1 03 2010 DHW control functions Controller pack HITACHI Service Manual Inspire the Next 4 8 7 DHW Time Program Function A D
212. lay with a simple menu structure operated by five buttons so that it can easily be configured to many different applications with specific installation settings 7 NOTE When performing any work with this product installation mounting start up all instructions given by the manufacturer and in particular the safety instructions provided in the installation instructions must be followed The System Controller may only be installed and mounted by authorised and suitably trained personnel If the unit is modified in any way except by the manufacturer all warranties concerning operation and safety are invalidated Make sure that local standards and regulations are respected at all times 4 Useonly accessory equipment that comes from or has been approved by Honeywell or Hitachi A CAUTION Electrical hazard Can cause serious injuries or death Disconnect the mains power supply before the installation of the System Controller Do not reconnect the power supply until all installation work is completed Before the controller is dismantled disconnect the main power supply 4 1 2 Software version This documentation refers to the functionality of software version v9 of the System Controller The software version is shown on the display for 2 seconds during the power up sequence The software and hardware version numbers are also printed on the product label on the top side of the System Contr
213. ld be used content between 10 and 40 The performance of the unit working with glycol may decrease in proportion to the percentage of glycol used since the density of glycol is higher than that of water 1G Water OUT in a CES ur Water IN T It must be kept the water flow direction indicated in previous drawing Inlet and outlet connection pipes must be 1G ON NOTE Check periodically Water flow and pressure Water leakages Fixing points tightening Minimum water volume description Necessity of water in system The following problems should occur when the quantity of water in the forced circulation system 1 on water side is insufficient WEH frequently ON OFF cycles affecting Yutaki performance 2 Low temperature in water circulation system at defrosting which should cause an alarm freeze protection 3 LWPS or Cut Out thermostat activation due to low water pressure lt 1 bar or due to excessive high water temperature inside WEH SMGB0066 rev 1 03 2010 Accessories hydraulic installation 41 Water pipe H ITACH l installation Inspire the Next Service Manual 7 NOTE Calculate and ensure that the water volume in the system is enough see Yutaki product manual for recommendations Water control A CAUTION Malfunction Damage by poor quality water When it is used industrial wa
214. ld supplied Drain water might turn into ice on cold weather areas Therefore when installing the unit on a roof or a veranda avoid the draining on a public area since it may become slippery 0 Drain water 1 i 2 Drain water place e Concrete base 100 ess 7 R J50 4 Foundation bolt A e S H Ei 5 Mortar charge T CH emt A Y Dm 174 900 09 1250 E 1450 440 410 370 The whole of the base of the Yutaki unit should be installed on a foundation When using vibration proof mat it should also be positioned the same way When installing the Yutaki unit on a fieldsupplied frame use metal plates to adjust the frame width for stable installation as shown in below figure INCORRECT CORRECT 57mm Lei Base width of Yutaki unit 57mm Base width of Yutaki unit eet Yutaki unit is Yutaki unit is unstable stable Frame Metal plate Frame Frame with 100mm or more Field supplied Recommended Metal Plate Size K fField Supplied Material Hot Rolled Mild Steel Plate SPHC Plate Thickness 4 5 T 20 iz 4 C10 2 Q H w R al 70 410 7 550 SMGBO0066 rev 1 03 2010 RHUE 3 6
215. ler Configure Setting Temperature 1 by RSW1 and RSW2 For example 45 C SMGB0066 rev 1 03 2010 Test run procedure for Yutaki Test run Service Manual Test run Service Manual Press ON button Parameters check using 7 Segment Press PSW2 more than 3 seconds Remote local switch ON OFF buttons Now you can consult the Yutaki parameters by pressing PSW2 up or PSW1 down Code Upper side Content S Operation status Pd Pd Po Ps ke Chilled water setting temperature ke Chilled water setting temperature 2 Eh Hot water setting temperature Eh Hot water setting temperature 2 in Water inlet at Water outet EH Ambient temperature Ed Td LF Liquid refrigerant temperature EH Evaporating temperature ES Ts En Exp V pulse LE Compressor Hz ES Fan stop n Manual defrost ON if PSW1 amp PSW2 pushed e together for 3 sec ron ROM No Ld Model identification ob Optional Function selection status HITACHI Inspire the Next I SMGB0066 rev 1 03 2010 Test run procedure for Yutaki 159 Test run HITACHI Inspire the Next Service Manual 160 Pump amp high cut test Optional Set DSW1 as ON a 12 3 4 7 Segment 1 amp 2 shows PU Pushing PSW1 down amp or PSW2 up select the Test function Push PSW1 amp PSW2 more than 3 and selected test is PU Pump test only run Pump
216. lfunction Replace Printed Circuit Board for CPU PDB PSW1 PIN 4 SET ON 216 Failure diagnosis method Initialize PCB If initialization can not proceed or segment shows nothing after initialization replace PCB SMGBO0066 rev 1 03 2010 Troubleshooting H ITACHI Service Manual Inspire the Next Voltage test position Inicialization procedure NER TR Power Supply OFF and set DSW1 1 DSW5 2 3 ON Mimi ie num dew and DSW 5 1 4 OFF on PCB iB 1 03 Record original DIP switch setting Gem SEG2 5 sl BE O Page SSES D D loo joo PSW2 PSW1 OoO0 O000 Oooo IW DSHS DSW7 DSWl 2905 gt pee L oO ao Slo Power Supply ON and confirm segment shows as follows lt Initialization failure gt If segment shows as Initialization Successfully Done Initialization Succeed Power Supply OFF and DSW1 1 DSW5 2 3 set original setting again Initialization is finished In other case if segment shows nothing even if doing Initialization procedure or shown Initialization Fa
217. ly Controls layout SMGB0066 rev 1 03 2010 System MMI Pack Room unit and RF receiver 137 HITACHI Inspire the Next 138 LCD screen Battery low indicator Time display Burner on indicator Day indicator G A Temperature display 4 22 7 1 Setting up This section shows you how to setup and run the Hitachi room unit in 3 simple steps STEP 1 Installing the batteries e9eeodd00 Temperature change buttons Temperature enquiry button d i Operating mode buttons Green OK button eos Battery compartment Battery cover Controller pack Service Manual Holiday function button Program buttons Copy day button Set date Day button Time change buttons O NOTE Please follow the instructions in this section only if the Hitachi room unit screen is blank no symbols or digits are displayed If the room temperature is already displayed move on to Step 2 Setting the date and time SMGB0066 rev 1 03 2010 System MMI Pack Room unit and RF receiver Controller pack H ITACHI Service Manual Inspire the Next To install the batteries a Lift up the front cover of the Hitachi room unit to reveal the battery cover and product controls b Remove the battery cover by pressing down and sliding out c Insert the 2 x AA LR6 Alkaline Batteries supplied with the Hitachi room unit ensuring the correct orientation see Controls Layout d After a short pause th
218. mits Temperature 8 Su 0 and room 1 demand and room setpoint no Sensor Use compensation unit temperature displayed Maximum Flow Setpoint 55 C Maximum 0 to 0 C to 99 C adjustment in 1 C 11 uF 55 extension Flow Temp 99 steps systems only Minimum Flow Setpoint 15 C Minimum 0 to 0 C to 50 C adjustment in 1 C 12 LF 15 extension Flow Temp 50 steps Systems only Mixing Value Run Time 13 Ar 450 450 Bepohds Oto Oto 240 sec adjustment in 1sec extension 240 steps Systems only Pump Overrun Run Time 44 Pr 15 45 minutes 0 to 0 to 99 mins adjustment in 1min extension 99 steps systems only 7 NOTE Remember to always press the green button to confirm that you want to store your new Installer Set Up setting To exit the Installer Mode press the Ay or button Binding Rebinding procedure The binding operation described below is required if Any of the system components Room Unit or RF Receiver are replaced The RF Receiver has incorrect or no binding data stored e g when pre bound system pack components have been mismatched O During the binding procedure keep approximately 1m distance between the Room Unit and the RF Receiver NOTE SMGB0066 rev 1 03 2010 System MMI Pack Room unit and RF receiver 136 Controller pack H ITACHI Service Manual Inspire the Next To bind rebind 1 Hold button on RF Receiver for 15 seconds LED will flash red 0 1 s
219. mperature 12 00 0 No temperature 3 to 3 C to 3 C adjustment in Offset offset 3 0 1 C steps Proportional Band Width Note This function is for use with 13 Pb 15 Proportional band 1 6 to 1 6 C to 3 0 C adjustment in the extension of 1 5 degrees 3 0 0 1 C steps system only It will not function with the System Controller alone All settings at Reset factory defaults Settings are as modified above Parameters 19 FS 1 Changes to 0 0 to Factory i when one of the To restore the factory profile Defaults parameter is setto 1 changed HITACHI 7 NOTE Remember to always press the green button to confirm that you want to store your new Installer Set Up setting To exit the Installer Mode press the By or button 4 22 5 2 Category 2 System settings O NOTE To ensure correct heat pump system operation parameter 8 Su must be set correctly See note in section Using the Room Unit for Specific Applications SMGB0066 rev 1 03 2010 System MMI Pack Room unit and RF receiver 135 HITACHI Inspire the Next 4 22 6 Controller pack Service Manual Parameter Parameter No Factory Default Setting Optional Setting Category 2 Parameters System Settings press the button to access this category Heat Cool Enabled selection enable 4 HC 0 Disabled 1 DO NOT CHANGE disable Room Programmer Programmer only Trans
220. ms CONF 1 e Summary In mono valent systems the heat pump is the sole provider of heating energy to the system The Heat Pump is sized to provide 10096 of the heating requirements on the coldest day of the year It is recommended for low energy houses and for moderate climates without severe winters Used in new builds or in boiler replacement applications This configuration is suitable for low temperature radiators and underfloor heating systems 4 Important Parameter Settings CONF 1 P1 0 1 2 according to DHW system type P2 0 1 according to whether a buffer tank hydraulic separator and secondary pump is installed P4 heating curve according to building and system characteristics It is also recommended to review all parameter settings and make modifications as required by the installation In order to achieve higher DHW temperatures the system can operate with an auxiliary DHW electric heater Example Mono Valent System with DHW DHW controlled by diverting valve Auxiliary DHW electric heater CONF 1 Mono valent system P1 1 DHW valve P2 0 no secondary pump Example Mono Valent System with DHW Hydraulic separator or buffer tank Secondary pump for heating system DHW controlled by separate pump Auxiliary DHW electric heater CONF 1 Mono valent system P1 2 DHW pump P2 1 Secondary pump SMGB0066 rev 1 03 2010 System configurations 89 H ITACH l Controller pack Inspire the Next Service Manual 4
221. must to wear convenient eye protection Do not put any strange material sticks etc into the air inlet and outlet These units have high speed rotating fans and it is dangerous that any object touches them Electrical hazard Can cause serious injuries Do not pour water into the unit These products are equipped with electrical parts If water contacts with electrical components then it will cause a serious electrical shock Do not open the service cover or access the unit without disconnecting the main power supply Incase of fire turn OFF the main switch put out the fire at once and contact your service contractor Flamable liquids and objects Fire risk Check to ensure whether there are flammable things around or not when using a burner for pipe connections if not oil existing pipe inside may ignite Do not use any sprays such as insecticide lacquer hair spray or other flammable gases within approximately one 1 meter from the system OH NOTE Do not expose the refrigerant cycle to the atmosphere for a long period in order to avoid mixing the water and foreign particles into the refrigerant cycle After removing compressor replace it quickly If exposed for a long period seal the suction pipe and discharge pipe Remove the cap for the compressor just before replacing the compressor Before mounting the compressor seal the suction pipe and discharge pipe with a tape to protect the compressor from forei
222. n Removing Service Cover and the section Removing lower part of service panel and rear service panel in this chapter Collect the refrigerant from the check joint according to the section Removing compressor Remove the reversing valve coil according to the section Removing reversing valve coil Remove one 1 fixing screw for the valve mounting plate Remove the stop valve at the gas side from the valve mounting plate by removing the two 2 screws Remove the reversing valve assemblies from the 4 brazed parts where it is fixed Remove the brazing of the reversing valve and the stop valve at the gas using a blowtorch Cool down the piping side covering it with wet cloth in order to avoid brazing material entering the reversing valve Protect the connecting wires and pipe insulation from the brazing frame Remove the reversing valves from its assemblies 4 brazed parts X 9 1 14 Removing expansion valves 1 Remove the service cover and rear service panel according to the section Removing Service Cover and the section Removing Lower Part of Service Panel and Rear Service Panel Collect the refrigerant from the check joint according to the section Removing Compressor Remove the coils according to the section Removing Electronic Expansion Valve Coil Remove the brazing as shown in the figure below Electronic Expansion Valve 2 brazing parts Perform the brazing to remove and reassemble
223. n the DHW setpoint of the System Controller Please take care about the type of DHW storage tank fitted and the position of the electric heater SMGB0066 rev 1 03 2010 DHW control functions 101 HITACHI Controller pack Inspire the Next Service Manual 102 4 8 5 Using the Boiler for DHW loading Configuration Specific Applies only to configurations CONF 3 5 Function The boiler may also be used to raise the temperature of the DHW tank if the Heat Pump is not able to reach the DHW supply setpoint by itself The boiler will only start after a time delay defined by parameter P19 waiting time for boiler in order to allow the Heat Pump time to satisfy the DHW loading demand by itself The maximum temperature to which the heat pump can heat the DHW tank is defined as DSET_HP the maximum temperature to which the heat pump can heat the DHW tank Heat Pump maximum supply temperature EP29 or EP33 EP39 If DSET P10 is set less than this value then the Boiler operates as in situation 1 below If DSET P10 is set greater than this value then the Boiler operates as in situation 2 below Situation 1 P10 lt DSET HP If after the boiler waiting time P19 the DHW temperature has not reached the DHW setpoint the boiler is switched on Situation 2 P10 gt DSET HP The Heat Pump is used to heat the DHW tank to the temperature DSET_HP Then the Boiler is switched on to heat the DHW tank to the temperature DSET This action is simi
224. n the parameter list according to the table 2 To change a parameter setting use the button to enter Parameter Setting Mode The value of the parameter will flash to show that it can now be changed Use the and buttons to change the value to the desired setting 3 To store the parameter setting press the SI button The flashing will stop to show the value has been saved Instead to cancel the change and retain the previously stored value press the button 4 Continue to change the parameters as required When finished or at any time pressing the tr button will return the display to Normal Operation mode ID Parameter CONF Description Min Max Step Default EP1 Mixing Valve Integral Ap Mixing Valve Control the integral reset factor of 0 0 20 0 04 2 5 Kmin Factor the P I control algorithm Integral Factor Electric Heater or Boiler Control the integral ERA Required Load T3 reset factor of the P I control algorithm ae SCH GN EP3 Difference Supply 5 Mixing Bypass Valve Control offset to decide 0 0 50 04 45K Water Temperature when to start the mixing control EP5 Show Entire Menu 12345 Setting EP5 1 shows all installer and engineering 0 1 1 0 parameters independent of configuration Heat Pump supply Heat Pump Control the outlet supply setpoint of EFB setpoint at 4mA deere the Heat Pump for a 4mA control signal 18 id L SEN Heat Pump supply Heat Pump Control the outlet su
225. nction In practice there may be a difference between the heat pump outlet temperature measured by the Heat Pump and the supply temperature measured by the system controller This can be caused by 1 Different measuring position The Heat Pump is outside and some loss of heat is possible between the heat pump and the supply pipes inside the house 2 Different types of sensor The Heat Pump measures the outlet temperature using an immersion type sensor directly in the water flow after the condenser The System Controller uses a strap on type sensor which depending on the ambient conditions will typically measure a lower temperature than an immersion type in the same location This difference needs to be taken into account for optimum control performance and parameter P31 is provided so this can be adjusted according to the installation Parameter Settings P31 Heat Pump Sensor Offset default 3K 7 NOTE 4 It is important to minimise this effect as much as possible during installation The following precautions should be taken 1 Fully insulate the supply and return pipes 2 Ensure that the supply temperature sensor is tightly strapped on to the pipe with the metal clip provided The metal clip should be used directly around the sensor element itself since it itself improves the heat transfer and then insulation should be placed around the sensor and fixed securely in place 4 9 4 Heatpump Maximum Re
226. nd L1 and N in case of RHUE 3 6 AVHN units Connect the ground wire to the plate in the electrical box A A Power supply Control cables cables f m F3 ZN H C DAIN C a A 8 8 OloloO ei lt Ane H CG Wh 5 J A B RHUE 5 6 AHN RHUE 3 6 AVHN gt DANGER Electrical hazard Can cause serious injuries or death Allways connect ground wires to the respective terminals or plates to avoid electrical hazard 3 2 1 Field minimum wire sizes for the power source Power source cable size Signal cable size Model Power source Max current A EN60 335 1 EN60 335 1 RHUE 3AVHN 18 4 0 mm RHUE 4AVHN 18 4 0 mm 1 230V 50Hz RHUE 5AVHN 26 6 0 mm 0 75 mm RHUE 6AVHN 29 6 0 mm RHUE 5AHN 11 2 5 mm 3N 400V 50Hz RHUE 6AHN 15 4 0 mm SMGB0066 rev 1 03 2010 Electrical wiring connection Electrical wiring Service Manual 3 2 2 Main switches and fuses HITACHI Inspire the Next Select the main switches current breaker according to the next table CB ELB Model Power source PET Earth Leakage Breaker Orak Eirce A Number of poles A mA RHUE 3AVHN 32 RHUE 4AVHN 32 1 230V 50Hz 2 40 30 RHUE 5AVHN 32 RHUE 6AVHN 32 RHUE 5AHN 20 3N 400V 50Hz 4
227. ng demand on its own the waiting time does not apply Parameter Settings P19 Waiting Time for Boiler default 30min A higher value of P19 will reduce the number of times that the boiler is used at lower supply setpoints but the desired supply temperature may not be reached quickly if there is a high heating load slower response Conversely a lower value of P19 will increase the number of times the boiler is used at lower supply setpoints but ensure that the desired supply temperature is reached more quickly better response 4 10 5 Maximum Outdoor Temperature for Boiler Operation Function This function disables the boiler control when the outdoor temperature is above the boiler maximum outdoor temperature setting Above this setting it is assumed that the heat pump is able to deliver all the requested heat by itself and the boiler is therefore not required Parameter Setting P15 Maximum Outdoor Temperature for Boiler Operation default 0 C Enable Disable To disable this function and allow boiler operation at all outdoor temperatures set the parameter P15 OFF 7 NOTE The boiler is always available for DHW loading independent of outdoor temperature 4 11 ELECTRIC HEATER CONTROL FUNCTIONS 4 11 1 Electric Heater Control Configuration Specific Electric Heater control is available only in configuration 2 CONF 2 Function When the heatpump cannot meet the heating demand the 3 stage elec
228. ngs please see the next section Programming the Hitachi room unit SMGB0066 rev 1 03 2010 System MMI Pack Room unit and RF receiver 139 Controller pack HITACHI Inspire the Next Service Manual 4 22 7 2 Programming The built in heating program The built in heating program has 6 temperature level changes per day that can be set between 3 00am and 2 50am the following day allowing you to maintain the evening temperature after midnight Each temperature level can be set between 5 C and 35 C and adjusted in 0 5 C increments The factory default program for heating is as follows Monday to Friday Period 1 2 3 4 5 6 Day 1 to 5 Time 6 30 8 00 12 00 14 00 18 00 22 30 Temperature 21 C 18 C 21 C 18 C 21 C 16 C Saturday to Sunday Period 1 2 3 4 5 6 Day 6 to 7 Time 8 00 10 00 12 00 14 00 18 00 23 00 Temperature 21 C 21 C 21 C 21 C 21 C 16 C Reviewing the heating program To review or edit the heating program use the PROGRAM LS or 2 buttons to navigate between the 6 individual programming periods for that day Use the button 1 to step through each day of the week so the complete 7 day heating program can be reviewed or edited Modifying the heating program To change the heating program a Press either of the PROGRAM Jor D buttons to enter the programming mode The time temperature settings for period 1 on Monday Day 1
229. noid Valve 20G ON 1 Sec Count i Fan stop 4 way valve switching lt Start Defrosting gt gt Main expansion valve a pulse 2 lt Anti Defrosting at Liquefaction gt lt Prevent Ps Over increase by Hot Gas gt lt Anti Defrosting when Empty gt lt Anti Defrosting at Liquefaction gt Yes Fan OFF if in operation Yes Pd 23 0 MPa No 10 Sec Count Yes Tr lt 2 C 60 sec passed zi after 1 7 No Yes lt Tr 2 2 C gt Compressor Frequency Retention e Compressor Frequency 70 Hz Output y Compressor Frequency 60 Hz Output Yes lt Ps 2 1 0 MPa gt No 1 min passed from Yes defrosting start No ra Hot Gas Bypass OFF y 3 min passed from No defrosting start Yes Tr lt 10 C Fan in operation AJ Yes Fan 1 step operation start M Y Pd 2 3 6 MPa No 6 min passed from desfrosting start Hot gas Bypass OFF Y Defrosting Finish Condition Fulfilled At operation start 6 step operation for 10 seconds and 1 step operation thereafter SMGB0066 rev 1 03 2010 Safety and control device setting 147 HITACHI Inspire the Next 148 Defrosting Finish Conditions Fulfilled Fan 25 step Operation Full speed SMGB0066
230. nsation should not be used when the room unit is located in a position unrepresentative of the desired temperature in the living spaces for example in a warm cupboard The room setpoint and room temperature values are sent from the Room Unit to the System Controller by a wireless signal There can be a short delay in response between a room setpoint or temperature change and the system controller changing the supply setpoint 4 7 3 Heating Circuit Minimum Maximum Temperature Limits Function The calculated supply water temperature setpoint is limited between the minimum supply temperature and the maximum supply temperature settings The maximum temperature limit can be used for example to prevent high temperatures going to floor heating systems The minimum temperature limit can be used when it is desired to keep a minimum level of heating in the heating circuit Parameter Setting P5 Minimum Supply Temperature default 15 C P6 Maximum Supply Temperature default 55 C Configuration Specific CONF 1 P6 can be set up to a maximum value of 55 C CONF 2 P6 can be set up to a maximum value of 65 C CONF 3 4 5 P6 can be set up to a maximum value of 90 C 4 7 4 Heating Circuit Secondary Pump Function When the heating circuit is enabled the secondary pump will be switched on When the heating circuit is disabled the secondary pump is switched off after a pump overrun time If the screed function is activated or
231. ntrols the heat pump outlet water temperature by a 4 20mA signal When there is no demand for the heat pump to be on the System Controller directly switches the heat pump off The heat pump can signal to the System Controller when it has a fault so that a fault code can be displayed and appropriate action taken TERMINAL TERMINAL BLOCK A Kai BLOCK C i 4 20mA i HA 440 Stee Heat Pump SMGB0066 rev 1 03 2010 Electrical wiring Controller pack Service Manual ON NOTE The 4 20mA signal is polarity sensitive Connect the wires as shown Please refer to heat pump installation manual for terminal connections Three stage electric heater In a mono energetic system CONF 2 the electric heater is used if required to increase the supply water temperature P19 Waiting time for boiler electric heater AA TERMINAL BLOCKA oD 7 8 9 Output2 N Output 1 Electric Heater e Boiler In a Bi Valent System CONF 3 4 5 the boiler is used when the heat pump cannot achieve the desired supply temperature on its own Set the minimum on and off times P17 and P18 according to boiler type to prevent inefficient short cycling P17 Boiler Minimum ON Time P18 Boiler Minimum OFF Time P19 Waiting time for boiler electric heater d suu A DEB BLOCKA 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 Boiler Boiler Pump Pump CONF4 CONF3 Boiler ON OFF Mixing valve In a mixing system CONF 4 5 the mixing valv
232. ntttttnnsstttnnn nest ttn nennst nnns neren nenene 168 7 1 3 Incidents of OPSTALION wc o sc cseccaccee scecsecdiessads cones dscdeccdenascdecedeads anced ecdasdscescedescscaneodenaenstaedesdusssadaeeatessasets 174 7 2 Troubleshooting procedure 0 ste 2 ce d creare ka eR HARE nat ER Ce SER ERR RH EUR RR RA 175 yp ANAM CODG E 177 Ca Failure diagnosis Method 2 ocean aderit eH RRRR EERSTEN 216 7 4 Checking procedure for main parts 218 7 4 1 RHUE 3 6 AVHN Procedure for checking the DIP IPM sseeeenn eem 218 7 4 2 RHUE 5 6 AHN Procedure for checking the ISPM sene ener 220 7 4 8 Checking capacitors CB1 A CB2 A 222 7 4 4 Fault diagnosis of DC fan moto eem e enne ennemi ener rennen 223 7 5 Troubleshooting of control system sssssssssssssseeeeeene eme enne enne 225 TO 1e SVSLSMI COMMONS PI A 225 7 0 2 system lzrequ EEN 226 7 6 Troubleshooting of accessories tede ree urea ceu Do ediaddie e ERA Rd 227 y PUMP KIC e 227 7 6 2 WEH Water Electric Heater enne tostn tn retetrtrtestttnnt testten nstettttnnstertttnesten nn testt nnns nernt ennen 228 SMGBO0066 rev 1 03 2010 Mounting H ITACH I Contents Inspire the Next Service Manual 7 6 3 DHWT Domestic Hot Water Tank siseringi aaa nen nta aine kate da eda adno aa nina 228 8 SPANO parts eren nce ere ec ae e eer tid ce ree e eee ea ur e or a RU Iu re Ce er ens eel 229
233. oeiber 127 4 4 22 System MMI Pack Room unit and RF recehver enne 128 4 22 1 Room Unit installation guide A22 Ale a le let NEE 4 22 1 2 Installation informato sisisi eorr inen thereon rro anre tiani dr cusa ck thea eaae gera ener e deus 4 22 1 3 Installing the System MMI Pack 4 22 1 4 Installing the RF Recelver eic ent ete eerta pine b cepe Ee Een a Dada oT ed ved dL Ee 4 22 2 Installing the Room Unit 4 22 2 1 Power Up 4 22 2 2 RF Communication check test mode 4 22 2 3 Locating the Room HIE sii ani a ene E ER ER ee aie Aiea 4 22 3 COMMUNICATION loss geed rione teret ci orte er coast Fa ce Fo LH EE LC PaL Fede LEER Eo EE a e Fa Lodo LESER Eee gend ZE 4 22 4 Installer mode 4 22 4 1 Entering installer mode 4 22 4 2 Fail Safe mode setup 4 22 4 3 Using the Room Unit for specific application 133 4 22 4 4 Using the special features of the Room Unp eene ener entente nn nnn nennen nena 134 4 22 5 Install r parameters table onere rette e dense reri E eec aen agen le deere PUR nah 134 4 22 5 1 Category 1 Room Unit settings caesi eave eee cierta papae bra DE dba La bet teo aa Cede a Re Rede ae Dea iade dba lee 134 4 22 5 2 Category 2 System seltings aea LU SEC EG GA EIER HE He texto boca tuber reete ie 135 WER eieiei ele le UE 136 4 22 7 Room Unit User IEN 137 LATE NEPTIS 138 4 22 7 2 Programmmif
234. oller 7 NOTE The specification on the version of System Controller is subject to change without notice SMGB0066 rev 1 03 2010 System configuration settings and control system 73 HITACHI Inspire the Next Controller pack Service Manual 4 1 3 System controller overview The System Controller is designed for controlling the heat pump in a mono valent mono energetic or bi valent heating system It provides efficient control and reduces energy use while maintaining comfort in the building Modulating control of heat pump Control of an Auxiliary heat source electric heater or boiler Outside temperature compensated OTC control Control of heating circuit pumps valves and optionally domestic hot water storage System frost protection The functionality of the System Controller depends on the installed components and the selected configuration The System Controller is designed in a way that it can be configured and upgraded to meet many application requirements 4 1 4 Contents of the controller pack System Controller Controls the heat pump i Controls other system components Measures system sensors Ree Allows system configuration and settings System MMI Pack B Room Unit The user interface for the system and allows time temperature profile programming Room Unit RF Receiver RF Receiver Receives wireless signals from the Room Unit and is
235. op Suction pressure 4 Way valve RVR ON OFF Solenoid valve SVG Turn ON at starting before 4 way valve Turn ON for 1 minute Hot gas bypass ON at defrosting Solenoid valve SVI Turn ON if Td290 C continue 3 seconds OFF Liquid injection Temp Temperature Td discharge temperature TsSH Suction gas super heat Ps suction pressure SMGB0066 rev 1 03 2010 Device control system 143 HITACHI Inspire the Next 4 24 YUTAKI UNIT PCB PCB drawing Controller pack Service Manual The PCB in the Yutaki unit operates with nine DIP switches six LEDs and two rotary switches The location is as follows FI ACN No 1 No 2 No 3 LEDl LED2 LED3 LEDA O O OO EE g s L SEG3 SEGA SEG5 1S 9 foo CT eng PSW2 DEN pow BP id OOOO 1234 1234 11234 DSW1 DSW5 DSW7 l JP2 LED indication Function LED 1 LED 2 Power supply indication LED 3 LED 4 Operation status indication LED 5 Alarm indication LED 6 Setting mode indication 1 Status indication Press the PSW2 more than three seconds to change the status display mode 2 Alarm history Press the PSW1 and PSW2 together more than three seconds to switch to alarm history mode 7 NOTE The mark M indicates position of dips switches Figures show setting before shipment or after selection Not mark W indicates pin
236. or Failure of power supply circuit on PCB1 Replace PCB1 Characteristics of low pressure sensor Red Power Supply White Out Black Gnd S I Pressure Sensor 0 5V Voltage meter 123 PCB1 dE eee ae ee eee ere eee 5 o 5 S E e 6 3 I pd oS Pressure MPa SMGB0066 rev 1 03 2010 Troubleshooting procedure Troubleshooting HI ITACHI Service Manual Inspire the Next eier Description 4j H Incorrect PCB Setting The alarm code is displayed on the PCB s display This alarm code is displayed when wrong settings are performed in DIP switches on PCB Are the DIP switches on PCB1 correctly set No Turn OFF the power and set Refer to Setting the Dip the DIP switches correctly Switches Yes Failure of PCB1 Replace PCB1 SMGB0066 rev 1 03 2010 Troubleshooting procedure 201 H ITACH I Troubleshooting Inspire the Next Service Manual Alarm code Description AU Transmission error between Main PCBs la this alarm code is not available in this unit The alarm code is displayed on the PCB s display Are the DIP switches on No PCB1 correctly set Refer to Setting the Dip Switches Yes Turn OFF the power and set the DIP switches correctly Failure of PCB1 Replace PCB1 SMGB0066 rev 1 0
237. or models RHUE 3 6 AVHN HITACHI Inspire the Next Electrical wiring Service Manual duie110lld aBeddaas 19j yams uonng usnd Dunes 19J uos uoyng usnd ven Rejay Areyxny duind 19 esn4 90d dund 104 101263005 dund 104 1010W jeubis JAYWOZ 10 soueisisog 10128uu0 eu 1019uu05 10158uu05 Buneuruus 10128uu05 10128uu05 Buea 1039uu0 105u 5 aunssaid MOT 10su 5 ainssaud UE 8un3e1aduia 3usiquiv 40 103541 imeaduat sec UO INS 10j 10351134L esmeraduiay quesa6yyay pinbr 40 1035434 L sued Jo WEN duns ion sone pouyo LI mo so a uo o ao D g z z z z a Gz E E g ZS ZS z Di 67 Cl cl AJL SIE bell ts e i Wa Jay SsioN DIN Ll 30 u aimeraduray ses burieiodeA3 e jo1siuiisu L WHL Je sen Dot AN 2 2 3 s imeraduiay seg abietsiq 10J Jojstuuisu P WHL ejay Verte seen E oJI Wo sg ean3e1eduis aM IANO 10J Joshua 9 WHL 5ume35 4j a xueisisay y o D 3 medw 193eM WJU 10J 1035134 M WHL doyede gt ES CO Ben aX Vue JaAoabuey 5 Spo Jean Wdsi e 2 333 abeddois 104 yous uoaing usnd HO sg Joyede gt zg CH B rieis 10J us uoxing EN no Sg Jope y DI m g Eu 10 1313 H UoRUSAG1d u3z01 HM Uor 51014 3519494 e pieog BUI Eau sama ojs SAJeA uojsuedx3 je uioeii Eat iddng Jud ue 104 preog EM parulig vt8Md zio SA eA eM 29 u be iz 0 1
238. ories electrical installation Electrical wiring HITACHI Service Manual Inspire the Next The electrical connection of the load measured 3 to the anode 1 is made through the wiring of connection 6 To the anode U shaped terminal M10 4 To the load measured female Faston terminal 2 8 10 The electrical connection of the load measured 3 to the earth is made through the wiring of connection 7 To earth U shaped terminal M10 5 To the load measured female Faston terminal 6 3 10 A CAUTION Check the magnesium anode load periodically by pushing the button If the gauge is in the red zone the magnesium anode must be replaced Do not install the permanent cathode protection and the cathodic protection together Titanium protection accessory All the Hitachi DHWT can be equipped with the permanent cathode protection system which is totally automatic and maintenance free It basically comprises a titanium anode 1 mounted on the storage tank s connection plate 2 and connected to a potentiostat 3 which automatically regulates the input current to the anode constantly measuring the potential of the storage tank through the leads 4 Wiring the anode to the potentiostat by means of leads 4 is carried out in the following way To the anode connection 5 female Faston terminal SMGBO0066 rev 1 03 2010 KEE 63 Accessories electrical installation Electrical wiring
239. otection control for excessively high pressure Activation of low pressure control Excessively low pressure difference Excessively high discharge gas temperature Excessively low temperature of heating exchanger refrigerant inlet Excessively low suction gas temperature Abnormal transmission between Inverter PCB and Main PCB Abnormality of Power Supply Phase Excessively low voltage or excessively high voltage for the inverter Failure of water inlet temperature thermistor Failure of water outlet temperature thermistor Activation of freeze protection control water inlet Activation of freeze protection control water outlet Excessively high water temperature compressor running Failure of refrigerant evaporating temperature thermistor Open Short Failure of ambient temperature thermistor Open Short Failure of discharge gas temperature thermistor Open Short Failure of refrigerant liquid temperature thermistor Open Short Failure of suction gas temperature thermistor Open Short Failure of discharge gas pressure sensor Open Short Failure of suction gas pressure sensor Open Short Lu a Incorrect PCB Setting Transmission error between Main PCBs this alarm code is not available in this model Incorrect PCB operation Abnormal operation of the current sensor Ed ls Activation of protection for inverter instantaneous over cur
240. ottom or sides For safety reasons the power source wiring and signal wires are separated and in different compartments of the mounting base On the left side the signal wiring is laid out inputs mainly sensors Onthe right side the power source and earth wiring are situated power and output relay contacts ON NOTE It is important that power supply lines are kept separate from signal data communications lines This is to minimise the risk of electrical interference SMGB0066 rev 1 03 2010 Electrical wiring Controller pack Service Manual 4 4 1 Wiring access ports Wiring holes for wall or surface wiring HITACHI Inspire the Next When wiring through the back of the mounting base remove the breakout ports from the wiring holes at the rear base Wiring holes for side or bottom wiring When wiring through the bottom or side of the mounting base insulated cables must be used To ensure safety appropriate cable glands not included with the System Controller must be used To install the cable glands remove the breakout ports from the wiring holes at the required location in the base O NOTE used That cable glands will fit a range of cable diameters therefore check to ensure that the proper combination is 4 4 2 Wiring connections A CAUTION caused by Static electricity When handling the device Do not touch internal components
241. ously stored value press the amp button 4 Continue to change the parameters as required When finished or at any time pressing the i button will return the display to Normal Operation mode Normal Operation mode Output Display mode Output Setting mode iss sec 4 20 SYSTEM TESTING 4 20 1 System start up After the installation of sensors and outputs the System Controller controller can be started for the first time Switch on the mains power supply The controller will be initialised with the default configuration stored in the internal memory SMGB0066 rev 1 03 2010 System testing Controller pack Service Manual HITACHI Inspire the Next A test procedure is performed to check the validity of the data in the internal memory and the various inputs are tested All sensors and communications devices are automatically detected All faults and warnings are automatically reset and the software version is displayed for reference 4 20 2 SYSTEM TEST Once the system has been installed it is recommended that the following tests are carried out 1 Check that you have selected the correct configuration and that the necessary installation parameters have been set 2 Check the wiring of the inputs and outputs Use the procedure in 7 3 to view the temperature sensor values Using the procedure in 4 20 4 it is possible to manually override the outputs to test the system operation 3 Check
242. outdoor temperature below which the then 5 4 2 C Activation Temperature frost protection function will activate OFF P23 Zone2 Maximum 12345 Sets the maximum supply water temperature for 20 39 69 1 50 C Supply Temperature the heating zone 2 extension 90 P24 Configuration of Tariff 12345 The sets the meaning of the digital input Tariff 0 4 4 4 Timer Input Timer P25 Start Screed Drying 12345 Set to 1 to start immediately the underfloor 0 1 4 0 Function screed drying function Summer switch off Sets the daily average outdoor temperature above 25 then pee temperature ie which the heating will be switched off n OFF aua Maximum allowed Sets the maximum time allowed for DHW P27 DHW loading time 123 5 loading After this time if the DHW setpoint is not 1 12 0 5 45hr _ achieved the controller will nevertheless return to not available if P1 0 f heating Disables the heating in Zone 1 if the OTC P30 No load function enable 12345 calculated supply setpoint falls below the room 0 1 1 1 temperature Heat Pump Sensor Compensates for differences in temperature P31 P 12345 measurement between the Heat Pump and the 0 5 1 3 C Offset Supply Sensor Control parameter to help maximise running time P32 Supply Return x 2345 of the heat pump and minimise use of the electric hen 10 1 3 C Difference Control Limit OFF heater or boiler Returni Tamnarat re Control parameter to prevent electric heater use 4 th n P33 Gees P 2345 when the
243. own in the figure below Wire rope Over 60 0 7 to 1 0 ie o m Do not remove the plastic band or the corrugate paper frame Pass the wire ropes through each lifting hole in the wooden base as shown A WARNING Crush hazard Can cause seriour injury smoothly and does not lean break the materials Lift the unit with 2 wire ropes and without removing its factory packaging Make sure that the unit is lifted Do not attach lifting equipment to the plastic band or the corrugated paper frame since the ropes might slip or NOTE Make sure that the exterior of the unit is adequately protected with cloth or paper Do not hold the unit with the handles or the air outlet parts Steel plates may be deformed Use gloves SMGB0066 rev 1 03 2010 RHUE 3 6 A V HN HITACHI Unit installation Inspire the Next Service Manual 1 1 2 Center of gravity When the unit is lifted manually using the handles pay attention to the following do not remove the wooden base from the unit to prevent its overturning Pay attention to the center of gravity shown in the below figure Center of gravity Ks WS WON
244. p The return water sensor T RET is used to control the heat pump return temperature protection and should be positioned on the return pipe to the heat pump TERMINAL G 2 BLOCKC S 3 TERMINAL G 2 BLOCKC Jee S TERMINAL E BLockc O S S 23 4 5 1 T MIX T DHW T RET T SUP T EXT SMGB0066 rev 1 03 2010 Electrical wiring 83 HITACHI Inspire the Next 84 4 4 4 System configurations Controller pack Service Manual In this sub chapter it s shown the different terminal connections used for all the hydraulic system configurations of the System Controller Mono valent systems conf 1 Terminal block C inputs T 4 20mA T Z T DHW i e ZT RET EZ T SUP LZ T EXT 12345 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 Heat pump control output Tariff Timer input DHW sensor RF Receiver Heat pump fault Return sensor Supply sensor Outdoor sensor Mono energetic systems conf 2 Terminal block A outputs Jjo uo ous duund eat duind Asepuoosas duind aajeA MHA D jqeu 19je9H MHA Terminal block B Power Supply rzz SMGB0066 rev 1 03 2010 System configurations Controller pack Service Manual 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 Terminal block C inputs Il 4 20ma Heat pump control output Tariff Timer input DHW sensor RF receiver He
245. pack HITACHI Inspire the Next 150 Service Manual Zero Reset Control The purpose of this control is to correct the discrepancy of opening if any before a trouble occurs in the refrigerant cycle If first fully closes the expansion valve opening and then recovers to the predetermined opening Startup Control operation with fixed initial opening Selects the initial opening by determining between hot start or cold start from the state of discharge gas temperature Td and outdoor air temperature Ta upon compressor startup Startup Control Il TdSH control operation This is a drive control to prioritize the closing operation in order to ensure the discharge super heat TdSH calculated From discharge pressure Pd and discharge gas temperature Td after compressor startup e Normal control TsSH control Controls the expansion valve opening to achieeve the target TSSH SH set by performig PI calculation based on the inlet gas super heat TSSH calculated by suction pressure Ps and inlet gas temperature Ts Stop control After compressor stop real operation frequency 0 Hz retain for one three seconds the expansion valve opening immediately before the stop and then make the expansion valve opening o pulse Zero point control This is a control to fully close the expansion valve opening during normal operation SMGB0066 rev 1 03 2010 Safety and control device setting Available Optional Servic
246. peration conf 5 BE SMGB0066 rev 1 03 2010 System configurations Controller pack H ITACHI Service Manual Inspire the Next Terminal block C inputs Terminal block A outputs Terminal block B Power Supply S Mixed supply S F e sensor E gt l 4 20ma iis ped e F control outpu E S SC d Tariff Timer input P h X X gt ll TDHW DHW Sensor az lt N E S E A N S amp A RF Receiver 37 9 eps S m L S SeH NA Heatpumpfaut 3 8 lt E ET c e LZ TRET Return sensor Se a 3 9 g 7 g BE SS 23 S w ZT SUP Supply sensor ov E a 5 5 S el Le SIT ERT Outdoor sensor 9 92 oO e 9 4 5 APPLICATION CONFIGURATIONS The System Controller can be used for several different hydraulic system configurations including mono valent systems mono energetic systems with auxiliary electric heater and bi valent systems with gas oil boiler The hydraulic system configuration should be selected by setting the parameter CONF pyran Description Heat Electric Heater Boiler DHW Direct Circuit Mixing Circuit 4 Configuration Pump Mono valent System CONF 1 Heat Pump only 4 v v Direct Circuit Mono Energetic System CONF 2 Heat Pump and Electric Heater 4 v v v Direct Circuit Bi Valent Parallel System CONF 3 Heat Pump and Boiler 4 4 v 4 Direct Circuit Bi Valent Parallel System CONF 4 Heat Pump and Boiler A A A Mixing Circuit
247. perature Compensation ssseeseeeeeeeeeee ereere 4 7 3 Heating Circuit Minimum Maximum Temperature Limits esee em 96 4 7 4 Heating Circuit Secondary PUMP seen nennen ener uA nene Annaan erret nene nnne nns 96 4 7 5 Automatic No Load F nctlOn iioii ciere eei etui aces eoe Hae xe TEE Eei e Yo ees d aee Kee eves 97 SMGB0066 rev 1 03 2010 Mounting 69 Controller pack HITACHI Inspire the Net Service Manual 4 8 le Ree ur te Riede 97 4 8 1 DHW Storage Tank Loading is serata rtc th tee le tI iaa aeia i gaea aieea Opa une te 97 4 82 El Esp TUM 98 4 8 3 Maximum DHW Loading Time ierit iaaa eiiiai 99 4 8 4 DHW Electric Heater nen nenene tenen entente sine n tenis EEES AEE sites en nta sss s inerte resins 100 4 8 5 Using the Boiler for DHW loading seeeeenn nennen enne enne nne 102 4 8 6 Response of the Heat pump to a DHW demand 102 4 8 7 DAW Time Program iier Ioue SEES Hn eo OPER HR ARBORES NEE REENEN ER 103 4 9 Heatpump control funchons cece cece eee a Na 104 4 9 1 Heatpump ed EE 104 4 9 2 Heatpump Setting Control Giona nene eene nemen nennen nennen nennen nene 104 4 9 3 Heatpump Sensor Offset 105 4 9 4 Heatpump Maximum Return High Um 105 4 9 5 Heatplmp Operating Limits i eorr it tte chro ce eios ny Ee a e agr cea kn TERE 106 4 9 6 Tariff Switch Heat Pump blocking Input 106 4 10 Boiler control functions ener nn nnne nnne
248. perform the test run according to the Test Run Procedure for Yutaki on the next pages A DANGER Electrical hazard Risk of death Do not push the button of the magnetic switch es If you do so you will cause a serious accident A WARNING Several dangers Can cause injuries or malfunction Do not operate the system until all the check points have been cleared Measure the resistance between the ground and the terminal of the electrical components Make sure that the electrical resistance is more than 1 MQ Otherwise do not operate the system until you find the electrical leakage and you repair it Do not impress the voltage on the terminals for transmission 1 and 2 Make sure that the terminals for the power supply wiring L1 to L1 L2 to L2 L3 to L3 and N to N of each terminal board for AC230V or AC400V match correctly Otherwise you may damage some components Make sure that the stop valves of the Yutaki are fully open Then start the system Make sure that the switch on the main power source has been ON for more than twelve hours in order to warm the compressor oil by the oil heater The operation is not available within 4 hours after turning ON the power supply Pay attention to the following items while the system is running Do not touch any of the parts at the discharge gas side with your hands because the compressor chamber and the pipes at the discharge gas side
249. pply setpoint of EY setpoint at 20mA 12345 the Heat Pump for a 20mA control signal a 70 che Mixing Valve Mixing Valve Control the proportional band of the EP8 Proportional Band 745 P control algorithm Ge SS 0 2 SER EP13 Heat Pump Maximum 12345 Heat Pump Control the maximum return 20 70 4 60 C Return Temperature temperature allowed while the heat pump is on Heat Pump Minimum Heat Pump Operating Limits Defines the lowest 20 EP14 Outdoor Temperature 12 possible outside temperature of operation of the 25 d 1 20 C d then OFF Config 1 2 only heat pump EP16 P band Required Load 2345 Electric Heater or Boiler Control the proportional 02 20 0 0 2 6 0K band of the P control algorithm EP20 Inter Stage Waiting cm Electric Heater Control The minimum time 10 250 10 10sec Time between switching stages of the electric heater Heat Pump Minimum Heat Pump Operating Limits minimum supply SES Supply Temperature SES temperature below outside temperature of EP32 9 a 1 Ne Heat Pump Maximum Heat Pump Operating Limits maximum supply a ERES Supply Temperature 12349 above outdoor temperature of EP34 70 53C Electric Heater or Boiler Control reduced supply EP31 Offset Supply Setpoint 2345 setpoint offset for control of electric heater or 0 10 1 4K boiler Heat TEEN Heat Pump Operating Limits parameter to define EP32 b i 12345 shape of minimum supply temperature operating 25 20 1 0 C Supply Inflexion Point e
250. r Capacity Ww 40 40 40 40 For condenser fan motor Internal thermostat Automatic Reset Non Adjustable one per each fan Cut Out C For control circuit Fuse on PCBw1 A 5 5 5 Fuse on PCBw3 A 5 5 5 Fuse on PCBw4 A 5 5 5 5 For water pump circuit Fuse A 3 15 3 15 3 15 3 15 Compressor protection The following devices and their combinations protect the compressor Device High Pressure switch This switch cuts out the operation of the compressor when the discharge pressure exceeds the setting Protection Oil heater This band heater protects against the oil carry over during the cold starting as the band heater is energized while the compressor is stopped Fan motor protection Internal thermostat that is embedded in the fan motor winding this internal thermostat cuts out the operation of the fan motor when the temperature of the fan motorr widing exceeds the settings SMGBO0066 rev 1 03 2010 145 Safety and control device setting H ITACH I Controller pack Inspire the Next Service Manual The figure below shows the outline of the control system Thermistor for water inlet ireless remote control switch Thermistor for water outlet Thermistor for outdoor temperature m Multiple signals Thermistor for evaporation in heating Ba Thermistor for evaporation in bolig 4
251. r WEH 6E Wiring size Connection wiring The minimum thickness of the wiring that must be used in the installation Power source Max current A Power source cable size Control cable size EN 60335 1 EN 60335 1 1 230V 50Hz 30 6mm 0 75mm 3N 400V 50Hz 10 2 5mm 0 75mm Main switch protection Power source Max current A CB A ECE Z Number of poles A mA 1 230V 50Hz 30 32 2 40 30 3N 400V 50Hz 10 10 4 40 30 SMGB0066 rev 1 03 2010 Accessories electrical installation Electrical wiring HITACHI Service Manual Inspire the Next ON NOTE Follow local codes and regulations when selecting field wires Circuit Breakers and Earth Leakage Breakers Use the wires which are not lighter than de ordinary polychloroprene sheated flexible cord code designation HO5RN F 3 5 3 DHWT Domestic Hot Water Tank General check 1 Ensure that the field supplied electrical components mains power switches circuit breakers wires connectors and wire terminals have been properly selected according to the electrical data indicated Make sure that they comply with national and regional electrical codes Electrical connection must be done by professional installer Check to ensure that the power supply voltage is within 10 of the rated voltage Make ensure that power supply has an impedance low enough to warranty not reduce the st
252. r heat Malfunction of the 4 way valve and also internal leakage Check gas leakage or shortage of refrigerant Replace the 4 way valve Malfunction of check valve Replace check valve Clogging of the expansion valve Remove the clogging Clogging of the refrigerant side strainer Replace or clean the strainer Failure discharge gas temperature thermistor Measure the resistance of thermistor Replace the thermistor Failure liquid bypass solenoid valve Check solenoid valve Replace the solenoid valve Clogging of the solenoid liquid solenoid bypass capilary Clogging of capilary Replace capilary Over current compressor Excesive current consumption Voltage supply too high low Check the limits in working range I III phase Check the interface impedance or power supply Measure each interface voltage amp contact the electrical coMPany Excessively high pressure in the high pressure sensor Check the cause Single or double phase operation only 3 phase model Check the main fuse Replace the fuse Check the loose of the screw power supply terminal Tighten the screw Check contact point or magnetic contact for compressor Replace magnetic contact SMGB0066 rev 1 03 2010 Initial troubleshooting Troubleshooting Service Manual Abnormal operation of the devices Cont HITACHI Inspire the Nex
253. r the electric heater control depends on the value of the Supply Setpoint When the supply setpoint is low the electric heater will only be used if the actual supply temperature is much lower than the desired setpoint To achieve this the electric heater setpoint is offset lower than the supply setpoint When the supply setpoint is higher than can be achieved by the heat pump alone the electric heater setpoint is equal to the supply setpoint This function is intended to help reduce the number of times the electric heater is used to emphasise energy saving operation 4 If Supply Setpoint gt Heat Pump maximum supply temperature Heat Pump Sensor Offset 0 5K then Electric Heater Setpoint Supply Setpoint SSUP If Supply Setpoint Heat Pump maximum supply temperature Heat Pump Sensor Offset 0 5K then Electric Heater Setpoint Supply Setpoint SSUP Supply Setpoint Control Offset EP31 The heat pump maximum supply temperature depends on the outdoor temperature and the heat pump operating limits Control Algorithm The P algorithm calculates a Load factor from 0 to 100 The electric heater stages are switched on depending on the load factor Required Load Factor PI function Electric Heater Setpoint TSUP 3 stages ON 2 stages ON 1 stage ON OFF 096 30 60 90 Required Load Factor Before switching in more or fewer stages for example between stage 1 and stage 2 the System Controller waits
254. re parts of Yutaki 234 Spare parts H ITACHI Service Manual Inspire the Next DHWT200E 2 5H1E T ELECTRIC HEATER do gm J j E dee Sch SS LN 3 l c i gt t i 3 d Ha H EL 8 Wem Cie Lon SMGB0066 rev 1 03 2010 Spare parts of Yutaki 235 H ITACH Spare parts Inspire the Next Service Manual DHWT300E 2 5H1E 13 14 D ELECTRIC HEATER SMGB0066 rev 1 03 2010 Spare parts of Yutaki 236 Spare parts Service Manual Front View of Control Panel Rear View of Control Panel HITACHI Inspire the Next
255. rent Transistor module protection activation Increase in the inverter fin temperature Abnormality of fan motor protection No feed back signal from water pump Cooler water failure this alarm is not available in this unit r L Condenser water failure this alarm is not available in this unit Dit IL flickering Excessively high water temperature compressor stop Failure of fan motor MF 1 Failure of fan motor MF2 SMGBO0066 rev 1 03 2010 Troubleshooting procedure Troubleshooting H ITACHI Service Manual Inspire the Next 7 2 1 Alarm code E Description H i Ee H Activation of high pressure switch The alarm code is displayed on the PCB s display This alarm code is displayed when the high pressure Pd is incresed to more than 4 15 MPa and high pressure switch 63H is activated PCB monitoring position PCB1 PCN5 See next page SMGB0066 rev 1 03 2010 Troubleshooting procedure 177 HITACHI Inspire the Next Is Securely Connected PCN s on PCB1 and High No pressure switch 63H Yes Pull out connector PCN5 Check continuity of High Pressure Switch 63H Is continuity OK y Troubleshooting Service Manual Wiring Check and Repair disconnecting wiring Error Replace High Pressure Switch 63H
256. ressure sensor Replace high pressure sensor SMGBO0066 rev 1 03 2010 171 Initial troubleshooting HITACHI Inspire the Next 172 Abnormal operation of the devices Cont Troubleshooting Service Manual Observed failure Cause Check item Action Turn OFF the main switch Insufficient heating process Heating load is higher than heating capacity Check the heating load Install an adequate size unit Excessively low suction pressure Gas leakage Check gas leakage amp super heat Charge correctly the quantity of refrigerant Clogging of the expansion valve Check the clogging of expansion valve Remove clogging Clogging of the strainer Check temperature difference before after strainer Clean or replace the strainer Clogging of side low pressure pipe Check the temperature difference of each pipe Remove the clogging Malfunction of the check valve Check the difference temperature before after check valve Replace the check valve Shortage air flow in the air side heat exchanger Excessively dust in airside heat exchanger Clogging of the inlet outlet at the air side heat exchanger is clock Remove it Shortage the service space for Yutake unit Secure service space Device rotation fan motor Correct wiring of the fan motor Air temperature through heat exchanger air flow Defrosting it is not enough Check
257. rev 1 03 2010 Safety and control device setting Yes Pd lt 2 3 MPa No Ng 10 sec passed from fan 25 step Yes 74 4 way valve switching YDEF OFF 1 lt Defrosting Finish Compressor Frequency 30 Hz Output Order Frequency 10 Sec Count Start Expansion Valve Startup Control I Cold Start Opening 50 Sec Count Shift to Expansion Valve Startup Control II Shift to Fan Revolution Control Release Defrosting Control Controller pack Service Manual Controller pack H ITACHI Service Manual Inspire the Next 4 25 2 Control of expansion valve Abasic flow for the expansion valve drive assuming long compressor operation time See sections from the next page for details in each procedure Details of Performance Shifting Conditions 1 Zero Reset Control F INV Compressor Real Operation Frequency Hz Fo gt 0 No Fo INV Compressor Order Frequency Hz Expansion Valve 100 Pulse F 0 No 2 Startup Control I operation with Fixed Opening n 3 Startup Control II T deele e d TdSH Control Operation 4 4 Normal Control TsSH Control Operation Op 5 Stop Control 6 Zero Point Control SMGB0066 rev 1 03 2010 Safety and control device setting 149 Controller
258. revent overheating of If problem persists check system sensors maximum mixing system only underfloor system and valve operation Refer to the heat pump installation guide To allow the electric heater or FAUL 9 Fault notified by the heat pump Heat Pump and Electric Heater will be disabled boiler to continue operating manual release press the and SEL buttons simultaneously m System will continue to operate but no room influence T z FAUL 10 Failure of the binding between RF is possible and control will not follow the thermostat Check wiring to RF Receiver Please refer receiver and thermostat to the RF Receiver installation guide time programme System will continue to operate but no room influence Gg e FAUL 11 Incorrect device connected to RF is possible and control will not follow the thermostat Check wiring to RF Receiver Please refer receiver terminals to the RF Receiver installation guide time programme Failure of the RF receiver to System will continue to operate but no room influence Check wiring to RF Receiver Please refer FAUL 12 receive messages from the is possible and control will not follow the thermostat 9 ME s a A to the RF Receiver installation guide thermostat time programme The chosen extension is not The system will continue to operate normally without Select a configuration where the extension FAUL 13 SE a allowed in this configuration the extension is allowed Reset to factor
259. rge windows facing in this direction it is recommended that you remove the sun guard Do not mount the Outdoor Temperature Sensor in a protected area such as a wall niche or under the balcony It should be put on an open fa ade so that it can detect all weather conditions Avoid mounting the sensor above doors and windows since warm air movements may otherwise influence the measurement results The Temperature Sensor should be mounted about 2 3 the way up the wall on buildings of not more than 3 stories on taller buildings between the second and third stories Mounting Press in the clasp R and pull off the top H Pull the clip B out of the housing G Screw on the clip B and put on the housing To wire unscrew the lid Slide the top H over the housing until the clasp is firmly attached 4 4 ELECTRICAL WIRING A CAUTION Electrical hazard Can cause serious injuries or death Do not connect or adjust any wiring or connections unless the main power switch is OFF Make sure that all the power sources are switched OFF Isolate the mains power supply before installing the System Controller Do not reconnect the mains power supply until the installation is completed The system controller must be intalled by a suitably qualified person in accordance with local standards and guidelines The mounting base has two options for wiring wall or surface wiring with wires from the rear or wiring from the b
260. ricity utility it can be used to prevent the heat pump switching on and the System Controller will use the boiler instead to satisfy the heating requirements bi valent systems only The input can be configured so that the heat pump is blocked disabled on either an open circuit or closed P24 Configuration of Tariff Timer Input HITACHI Inspire the Next Note that the Tariff Timer input terminals 10 amp 11 can be used for DHW Time Switching OR Tariff Switching not both P24 Open Circuit on terminals 10 11 Closed Circuit on terminals 10 11 Tariff Timer Input is ignored Heat Pump is enabled Heat Pump is blocked Heat Pump is blocked Heat Pump is enabled Tariff Timer input is used for DHW time clock AjoMNA oOo Tariff Timer input is used for DHW time clock Temperature sensors TERMINAL BLOCK C All sensors used are of type NTC 20K at 25 C The outdoor sensor T EXT is used for the OTC control frost protection summer switch off and bi valent system management F Tariff input S The DHW sensor T DHW is used to control the domestic hot water storage tank The supply sensor T SUP is used to control the water temperature from the heat sources Please see hydraulic diagrams for sensor positioning The mixed supply sensor T MIX is used in systems with a mixing valve CONF 4 amp 5 only and should be positioned after the mixing valve and the circulation pum
261. rikaa a bct ka site pa ir R nean RE deine 250 9 1 14 Removing expansion valves eene eene nete nei eh nn nes EE EESAN EEEE sss nnn nnns enne nns 250 9 1 15 Removing Solenoid vahye nennen E nnne tenen nitentes ren n tenens tenet nnns nene EEEa 251 9 1 16 Removing electrical components ener enne nennn sre n nnn nnnr ns ennt Enan nnne 252 9 1 17 Removing inverter Components eene nnnm ne nenne ennemi enne ener nennen 253 9 1 19 Removing the SPM eerte rtr RERO EUER THER nnt E HER EEE ER EEREURE NERO EOE EEA EA EPES D EES 254 9 1 19 Removing the DIP IPM 2 aeter e recepere eoe nto Coni na FE shenges Le RENS RU LESEN ENGER dee 255 9 1 20 Removing the electrical noise fier 256 9 1 21 Removing other electrical components eene enne nnne n nnne nnns 257 SMGB0066 rev 1 03 2010 Mounting 10 Contents H ITACHI Service Manual Inspire the Next 0 MODEL CODIFICATION AND ACCESSORY CODES Unit code list List of air to water units and accessories available in this Service Manual YUTAKI RHUE UNITS AVHN UNITS AHN UNITS Unit Code Unit Code RHUE 3AVHN 9E311100 RHUE 4AVHN 9E411100 RHUE 5AVHN 9E511100 RHUE 5AHN 9E531100 RHUE 6AVHN 9E611100 RHUE 6AHN 9E631100 Meaning of model codification RHUE Unit type made in Europe Compressor power HP 3 4 5 6 Air to water unit Single phase Heating only R410A Refrigerant c D gt ZI Z SMGBO0066 rev 1 03 2010 11 Unit code li
262. roller pack HITACHI Service Manual Inspire the Next Parameter Setting P24 Configuration of Tariff Timer Input default 4 P24 Open Circuit on terminals 10 11 Closed Circuit on terminals 10 11 0 Tariff Timer input is ignored 1 Heat Pump is enabled Heat Pump is blocked 2 Heat Pump is blocked Heat Pump is enabled 3 Tariff Timer input is used for DHW time clock 4 Tariff Timer input is used for DWH time clock 7 NOTE The tariff timer input can be used for DHW time switching OR Heat Pump blocking not both 4 10 BOILER CONTROL FUNCTIONS 4 10 1 Boiler Control Configuration Specific 4 Boiler control is available only in configurations 3 4 5 CONF3 CONF A CONF5 Function The boiler control decides whether to switch the boiler on or off based on a proportional plus integral action Pi control algorithm and the difference between the Boiler Setpoint and the Supply Water Temperature TSUP The boiler will only be used when the outdoor temperature is below the bivalence point maximum outdoor temperature for boiler operation or the boiler has been manually released after a heat pump fault In addition the Supply Return Difference Check is performed before allowing the boiler to switch on unless the heat pump is switched off or has an internal fault Special Note Parameter P33 should be set OFF in configurations 3 4 and 5 P33 relates to a function Return Limit Offse
263. rrerrenen senes 107 42 1071 Boiler erer DEE 107 4 10 2 Supply Return Difference Check 108 4 10 3 Boiler Minimum On Off Times sssssssssssssssssssseneeeen nennen ennt tenet nrntr sr sitne tr nensi ener nn nnne 109 S ICE Elec Efe 109 4 10 5 Maximum Outdoor Temperature for Boiler Operation 110 4 11 Electric heater control functions nm ener enne nnn nrerrnmrnnsn nns 110 4 11 1 Electric Heater Control 110 4 11 2 Supply Return Difference Check 112 4 11 3 Electric Heater Waiting Time eeiieeeeeeeeee ener enne tenente knee three nn thki tenen nn peret entren 112 4 11 4 Electric Heater Return High Limit Check 113 4 11 5 Maximum Outdoor Temperature for Electrical Heater Operation 113 4 12 Mixing valve control functions sss eene ennemi nn nnns 114 4121 DOS ACu Rer i 114 4 12 2 Mixing Bypass Valve Control c c cccc cccccseecsendecesesoeqnteesncedesdeteececeedanerensseeeesbteasevsteensecaeebeceneesienenndneeses 114 4 12 3 Mixed Heating Circuit Maximum Temperature Limit Protection 115 4 12 4 Mixing Valve Opening Delay aite teta toe tr nene iaa tes Eee k ue Etre ua neo LE spe ceu adc EL RE NER EH 115 4 13 General f nctlOns inserieren een rra neo eee a HERE e aX FEE ERE EXE Y eX Rega EY Red 116 4 13 1 System Frost Protection 2 ea terrier od eege EENS 116 4 13 2 Automatic Summer Guwitch On 116 4
264. rt after power failure Keep the same status as before Setting before shipment JP2 1 0 Open 1 Short circuit The function selection using the jumper lead setting is shown in the table below Setting Function 0 Details Enable Disable If this function is Enable in case of power failure the unit will restart automatically once the power is recovered 3 4 LED INDICATION LED1 LED2 and LED3 Power supply indication Status LED1 LED2 LED3 Power supply ON ON OFF OFF Power supply OFF OFF OFF OFF Not available for Yutaki LED4 Operation status indication Status LED4 Unit stopped OFF Unit running ON Alarm OFF e LEDS Alarm indication Status LED5 Normal OFF Alarm ON e LED6 Setting mode indication Status LED6 Setting mode disable OFF Setting mode enable DSW1 3 ON On SMGB0066 rev 1 03 2010 53 LED indication Electrical wiring HITACHI Inspire the Next Service Manual 3 5 ACCESSORIES ELECTRICAL INSTALLATION 3 5 1 Pump kit Yutaki is controlling the pump by itself The pump kits A or B must be always connected according to the wiring below
265. run HITACHI Service Manual Inspire the Next ID Output Min Max CONF HPS Heat pump setting mA 2 20 12345 HP Heat pump remote on off 0 1 12345 PO2 Secondary pump not displayed if P2 0 0 1 12345 DHWV DHW valve pump not shown if P1 0 0 1 123 5 EHS Electric heater output 1 0 1 2 EHS2 Electric heater output 2 0 1 2 ID Output Min Max CONF DHWE DHW electric heater enable not shown o 4 12 if P1 0 PO1 Boiler pump 0 1 34 BLR Boiler on off 0 1 345 V Mixing valve position 96 0 99 45 ON NOTE Operational data shown depends on the system configuration CONF setting SMGBO0066 rev 1 03 2010 Test run procedure for Yutaki 163 Troubleshooting HI ITACHI Service Manual Inspire the Next D TROUBLESHOOTING CONTENTS 7 1 Initial troubleshooting ce ter nnn ne eee ieee nennen enne enne 166 7 1 1 Unit and System controller Power Supply failure sse 166 7 1 2 Abnormal operation of the devices cece ceneeeeceeeecaeceeeeeeaaaeeeeeesesaeaeeeeseeeeeeeeeeeeeaeeeeeeseaaees 168 7 1 3 Incidents Of operation testten tr tertttnsstetn tr testttntr tette tnettet tEn ES st etn Ententen Entert Ennet ee nnen ent 174 7 2 Troubleshooting procedure ennemi nennen ener nnn 175 L Alam CONG mop ERR 177 7 3 Failure diagnosis method 216 7 4 Checking procedure for main parts 218 7 4 1 RHUE 3 6 AVHN Procedure for checking the DIP I
266. rvice Manual 4 7 HEATING CONTROL FUNCTIONS 4 7 1 Heating Circuit General Function The heating circuit is usually always enabled which means the controller will always try to provide the correct water temperature to maintain the desired comfort conditions based on the heating characteristic curve as described below However the heating circuit is disabled when DHW storage tank loading is required or the summer switch off condition is active or the no load condition is active 4 7 2 Heating Characteristic Curve OTC Control Function The System Controller is an Outside Temperature Compensated OTC control system that uses the outside temperature the room temperature setpoint and optionally the room temperature to calculate the correct supply water temperature for the system in order to maintain comfort conditions A prerequisite for constant room comfort conditions is the correct setting of the heating characteristic curve as well as the correct design of the heating system by the heating installer according to heat demand calculations The heating curve should be selected according to the local climatic conditions building structure and type of heating distribution system The gradient of the heating curve describes the relation between the change in the supply temperature and the change in outside temperature In the case of large heating surfaces and therefore low supply temperatures like floor heating systems the heating
267. s If the outdoor temperature is below 20 C P14 in Config 3 4 5 EP 14 in Config 1 2 the heat pump will always be switched off Heat Pump Working Area EP33 50 45 Working Area 40 of Heat Pump EP28 35 30 40 30 20 10 0 10 20 4 EP32 EP34 EP14 Outdoor Temperature C Parameter Settings P14 EP14 Heat Pump minimum outdoor temperature default 20 C EP28 Heat Pump minimum supply temperature below outdoor temperature of EP32 default 35 C EP29 Heat Pump maximum supply temperature above outdoor temperature of EP34 default 55 C EP32 Heat Pump minimum supply inflexion point default 0 C EP33 Heat Pump maximum supply temperature below outdoor temperature of EP34 default 50 C EP34 Heat Pump maximum supply changing point default 10 C O NOTE Engineering Parameters EP are only available for service engineers 4 9 6 Tariff Switch Heat Pump blocking Input e Configuration Specific The tariff switch input heat pump blocking is only allowed for Bi Valent systems For mono valent or mono energetic systems the heat pump can never be blocked by this input Function This function allows an external tariff switch device to switch off the heat pump during times of peak electricity demand When the controller is working in bi valent mode the boiler will be switched on to provide the necessary heating SMGB0066 rev 1 03 2010 Heatpump control functions 106 Cont
268. s off when opening P mounting plate 4 Remove other electrical components according to the procedure below and the figures on chapter 9 A DANGER Electrical hazard Risk of death Check that the LED201 red located on the inverter module is OFF when opening the P mounting plate Do not touch the electrical components when LED201 Red located on the inverter module is ON in order to avoid an electrical shock Disconnect all the wires connected with the smoothing capacitor CB CB1 CB2 CA If the wire has polar characters Identify the wire mark band and the indication on the smoothing capacitor when wire connecting Remove the two 2 screws fixing the smoothing capacitor and remove the smoothing capacitor Disconnect all the wires connecting with the magnetic contactor CMC1 Remove the two 2 screws fixing the magnetic contactor and remove the magnetic contactor Remove the four 4 screws fixing the reactor and remove the reactor DCL Disconnect all the wires connected with the electrical noise filter NF 1 Remove the noise filter by clamping the top of the holder 6 portions with a pincher 7 NOTE Identify the terminal numbers with mark band When reassembling the terminals have to be connected to the correct numbers If incorrectly connected malfunctions or damages will occur HITACHI Inspire the Next SMGBO066 rev 1 03 2010 RHUE 3 6 A V
269. s sedet n tenes nnns 100 4 8 5 Using the Boiler for DHW loading seseseeenneene mme 102 4 8 6 Response of the Heat pump to a DHW demand 102 4 8 7 DAW lime Program nerd aede bones BERE S AS Ea Eaa Oi EAE KSE REEL ir dS 103 4 9 Heatpump control functions sarasini cece cece cece cee ee ee eee ai en essent nnn ae iadaaa 104 4 9 1 Heatp mp Conttol nei Mai ie te ER Mae at ie Eo FR Ee do eta eR a p 104 4 9 2 Heatpump Setting Control Sons 104 4 9 3 Heatpuimp Sensor OffSel icone rene treat edt Pe ru de isa sere Ear krea araa et riiai 105 4 9 4 Heatpump Maximum Return High Um 105 4 9 5 Heatpump Operating Limits 2 chee chess cerneret ee etre uice usu en chere e Fade enun nra rp sre RAD EER ENEE der 106 4 9 6 Tariff Switch Heat Pump blocking Input oo eee eee etree nene enne 106 4 10 Boiler control functions enne nt enn nn nnn nennen rrerrn nennen 107 4 10 31 Een e dedo eei er reenter reenter tienen heat p Ion Lon E UAE LEM e ELE 107 4 10 2 Supply Return Difference CNeck 00 sccccesecceceeceeensncesessnceeesceedesdeesnesdenseeeceetesceeebssdeessboessbeceensvenneess 108 4 10 3 Boiler Minimum On Off Times ssssssssssssssssssssseseee ener nee nenenrr ennt nnne sensn nnne sn sse n nnne nnns 109 4 104 Boiler W iting TIME Me E ENa 109 4 10 5 Maximum Outdoor Temperature for Boiler Operation cccccceccec
270. secaeaeseesasceeeeeeessenaneeess 119 4 15 Conversion table heat pump supply temperature to m 120 SMGB0066 rev 1 03 2010 Mounting Contents HITACHI Inspire the Next Service Manual 4 16 R resistance tables nci t ete ER ERE ER HY HR RR EE dander vin SEENEN EE 121 4 17 Technical data reni e en eee ee e Ree e sid ee E aee ve eere dE aane eiue 121 447 1 System Controller XEK23232 A iu teres eroe itte ree dta veia s ERE LET REL GAEREN 121 4 17 2 Water Temperature Sensor XEK35524 A 122 4 17 3 Outdoor Temperature Sensor KEK35438 A 122 4 18 User imena E m EN 122 418 1 DISPIAY c 122 4 18 2 COMMONS 123 4 19 Installation configuration settings ssse enne ener 124 EE in E E E E ET 124 420 1 Systemstart pai EE 124 4 20 2 SYSTEM TEST piii eriein ieren eaen canal a E a aeir aE sates aAa aaa ea aT a iea eet 125 4 20 3 REVIEWING THE OPERATIONAL DATA 125 4 20 4 MANUALLY OVERRIDING THE OUTPBUTB sss ener nennen renis nen innen ennt 126 4 21 Expanding the system iiec ce Headend idee e hi de as i tl de v b e dee qe RR ee de a th re ve ue 127 4 21 1 Additional mixing EEN 127 4 21 2 Binding RF components ooeiber rn rstttrnsstetttnnsstttn nnne stt nnns nnt nn nananana nenn tnn nennen 127 4 22 System MMI Pack Room unit and RF receiver eene 128 4 22 4 ROOM Unitin
271. ssure Ratio Low Pressure Ps 0 1 Example Pd 1 6 MPa 1 1 6 0 1 Pressure Ratio 2 13 0 7 0 1 Ps 0 7 MPa Are connectors CN3 CN4 on the Printed Circuit Board No PCB1 Low pressure Sensor kl Wiring Check and Repair and High Pressure Sensor correctly connected Yes Are DIP switch DSW8 and eene No Check DIP switch setting and connected g set it correctl See setting of DIP switch for y correct setting Y Yes Are High Pressure and Low Pressure shown in segment Yes PCB1 and Pressure Sensor as Pd and Ps almost for Pd Ps are normal coincident during compressor See Failure Analysis Stop No Failure of Pressure Sensor Check the Pressure Sensor according the checking procedure shown in alarm code 27 and 28 ON NOTE Incase that the low pressure is higher than 2 2 MPa segment shows 2 2 MPa In this case connect a pressure gauge to high pressure check joint check the pressure shown in the gauge SMGBO0066 rev 1 03 2010 Troubleshooting procedure 181 HITACHI Inspire the Next Troubleshooting Service Manual Alarm code Description H i Ee h i Excessively high discharge gas temperature The alarm code is displayed on the PCB s display minutes This alarm code is displayed when the discharge gas temperature is increas
272. st Contents HITACHI Inspire the Next Service Manual LIST OF ACCESSORY CODES Accessory Name Code Figure Step 1 Water temperature sensor 9E500004 RMPID1 Extension controller 9E500005 Pump Kit A Pump kit A TOP S 25 7 9E500006 Pump Kit B Pump kit B TOP S 25 10 9E500007 WEH 6E Water Electric Heater WEH 6E BDHM1 Hydraulic separator BDHM1 VID3V1 3 way valve VID3V1 CDH2Z1 Disconnection vessel CDH2Z1 ASMSH1 Aquastat ASMSH1 SMGB0066 rev 1 03 2010 List of accessory codes Contents Service Manual Accessory DHWT200E 2 5H1E DHWT300E 2 5H1E DHWT200S 2 5H1E DHWTS00S 2 5H1E DHWT CP 01 DHWT CP 02 DHWT SWG 01 HITACHI Inspire the Next LIST OF ACCESSORY CODES cont Name Code Figure 0 Domestic Hot Water Tank Enamelled 200 L 70922000 CE ss sm E Domestic Hot Water Tank Enamelled 300 L JOBS NH ee VU Domestic Hot Water Tank Stainless 200 L 0542100 X o 8 L Domestic Hot Water Tank 70544101 Stainless 300 L Permanent cathode protection for enamelled 70544900 tank Ui wi qe Permanent cathode e 22 Q protection for stainless tank OARA Security valve 70544902 SMGB0066 rev 1 03 2010 13 List of accessory codes Unit installation HITACHI Service Manual Inspire the Next 1 UNITS INSTALLATION This chapter provides information concerning the installation of Yutaki units CONTENTS 1 Ws RAUE 3 6 A WIAIN
273. stallation gulde iori ie Erie edits ie aa Ea REM aa a tei da RR cag 4 22 1 1 DeSCHDLOHD EE 4 22 1 2 Installation itiformaliOm dirette nter rer nri trn diari eaan era ense rk ea rie ERA Pen ea e ye aede oen 4 22 1 3 Installing the System MMI Pack 4 22 1 4 Installing the RF EE 4 22 2 Installing the ROOM Unit icai cnet ENEE deeg intet ia ean ces e NR eg Te MEET 4 22 2 2 RF Communication check test mode 4 22 2 9 Locating the Room Unit uoce E tete ned pe eed ave ee ee 4 22 3 Communication loss aine tene i redi Fea erede ecc ere oe Evo HL p EO eed oe Face eee He De Feo uod 4 22 4 Installer mode 4 22 4 1 Entering installer mode 4 22 4 2 Fail Safe mode setup 4 22 4 3 Using the Room Unit for specific applications eene ener ennt nnns nnne 133 4 22 4 4 Using the special features of the Room Unit eene enne enne nennen nnne nnne 134 4 22 5 Installer parameters table cnr e ea feasts REEL ae CHE va E EET erage eee 134 4 22 5 1 Category 1 Room Unit settings ciiin e needed aadi dai oed re e DE die You Ee aee aed 134 4 22 5 2 Category EE ENEE ln EE 135 4 22 06 Binding Rebinding ele UE 136 4 22 7 Room Unit ser UE 137 rm MEI iS 1 ETA 138 4 22 1 2 Programming ios ere eere en bu ee E a ial rne dette ah ite erf Eee ERROR AER e euet 140 Lr MEO ue 142 4 23 Device control system 143 4 24 tir atqu
274. storage tank also has an internal DHW electric heater this can also be used if necessary CONF 2 The 3 stage electric heater cannot be used for DHW loading When DHW loading starts the 3 stage electric heater is switched off CONF 3 5 If the Heat Pump is not able to reach the DHW supply setpoint by itself the boiler may also be used to raise the temperature of the DHW tank see Using the Boiler for DHW loading Parameter Notes P10 DHW setpoint CONF 1 2 If there is no internal DHW electric heater setting the DHW setpoint higher than 45 C may result in very long DHW loading times and the desired temperature may not be reached This is because the maximum outlet temperature from the Heat Pump is normally 55 C and at low outdoor temperatures 50 C CONF 3 5 The DHW setpoint may be set higher since the boiler will also be used to heat the DHW storage tank P11 DHW differential A small DHW differential will increase the frequency of the DHW loading periods while making them shorter A large DHW differential will reduce the frequency of the DHW loading periods while making each period longer and will cause larger swings in DHW temperatures P12 DHW supply offset CONF 1 2 setting a value higher than 10K will not affect the DHW loading period since the maximum outlet temperature from the Heat Pump is 55 C CONF 3 5 setting a value higher than 10K will allow faster DHW loading times since the boiler can be used 4 8 3 Maximum DHW
275. t Observed failure Cause Check item Action Turn OFF the main switch Over current compressor Failure compressor bearing Check bearing seal state Replace the compressor Failure in the compressor motor insulation Check insulation resistance Replace the compressor option replace the insulation Failure current sensor for compressor Check the connector Repair the wiring connection or replace the current sensor Blown out fuse at the pump circuit Blocked pump Check if there exist any solid particle or iced water Chemical cleaning of the foreign particle Failure of the magnetic contact of the pump Check the magnetic contact replace the magnetic contact A lot of ice is attached on the airside heating mode heat exchanger Automatic defrost is de activated Failure of the thermistor Measure the resistance of the thermistor Replace the thermistor Failure of the 4 way valve Check the activation 4 way valve Replace the 4 way valve Short circuited Check obstacles around the unit Remove the obstacles Failure of the low pressure sensor Check the display pressure and actual pressure Remove the low pressure sensor Unit is in ice condition Perform manual defrosting Unit is stopped by highcut in defrost operation Failure of high pressure sensor Check the pressure amp actual value of the high p
276. t first and get progressively quicker OK O NOTE If this mode is entered accidentally then press the Se or buttons to exit 4 4 22 2 2 RF Communication check test mode To check the RF communication hold the Room Unit about 2 3 metres from the installed RF Receiver Set the Room Unit to off by pressing the 5 button then press the and e buttons together with the button for 3 seconds The unit will display test and it will send test signals to the RF Receiver If the test signals are received the LED on the RF Receiver will flash between 1 and 5 times The number of flashes indicates the strength of the radio signal The higher the number of flashes the stronger the signal is ON NOTE Ifthe LED does not flash or if you are installing a replacement RF Receiver or Room Unit follow the procedures described in section Binding Rebinding Procedure 4 22 2 3 Locating the Room Unit While still in the Test Mode the Room Unit should be located taking the following into consideration and reviewing the illustrations below 1 Find a suitable location where the signal transmission is reliable Reliable transmission is indicated when the RF Receiver is flashing the green LED every 6 seconds 2 Install the Room Unit EITHER on the wall using the wall bracket OR attach the optional table stand as shown in below 3 Exit the Test Mode by pressing the or D button
277. t for electric heater control It is not recommended to use this function for boiler control If P33 is not set to OFF then the boiler will be prevented from starting until this special condition is met 7 NOTE The boiler is always enabled when there is DHW loading required or when the Heat Pump is blocked by the Tariff Timer input Boiler Setpoint amp Supply Setpoint Control Offset If the heat pump is switched off or has an internal fault the Boiler Setpoint Supply Setpoint SSUP SMGB0066 rev 1 03 2010 Boiler control functions 107 Controller pack HITACHI Inspire the Next Service Manual If the heat pump is switched on the water setpoint used for the boiler control depends on the value of the Supply Setpoint When the supply setpoint is low the boiler will only be used if the actual supply temperature is much lower than the desired setpoint To achieve this the boiler setpoint is offset lower than the supply setpoint When the supply setpoint is higher than can be achieved by the heat pump alone the boiler setpoint is equal to the supply setpoint This function is intended to help reduce the number of times the boiler is used to emphasise energy saving operation If Supply Setpoint gt Heat Pump maximum supply temperature Heat Pump Sensor Offset 0 5K then Boiler Setpoint Supply Setpoint SSUP If Supply Setpoint Heat Pump maximum supply temperature Heat Pump Sensor Offset 0 5K
278. t 144 4 25 Safety and control device setting ssssssssssssesesee enne eene nnns 145 Mounting SMGBO0066 rev 1 03 2010 Contents HITACHI Service Manual Inspire the Next 4 25 1 Detrostoperatior control Ie ie Geet eee leew Rl ed elie 147 4 25 2 Control of expansion valve ssssssssssesesssessseseeenenennnnn nennen nennen nenne nene nera ri AASEN Anann isis isis sse enne 149 5 Available optional functions ener trennen nnne nnne nnns 151 5 1 Freezeprotechon ensem ttr sh nsn einn nnt nei rrrrtr sss nne d nns n nnn nenne EEEn 152 5 2 Restart after power failure sssssssssssssssssssssseene eee ener entren nnn nennen nnns 152 5 3 Compressor ON OFF Control 153 54 3 Minutes guard Control 154 5 5 Power save mode cee ce eee ceeeeeeee ea eaaeceeeeeeeeeeesacaaaaaecaeceeeeeeeeeeesecsaeaaesaeeeeeeeeeeeseneeseeneeas 154 OMEN disc it M a A E E 155 6 1 Checking procedure before the test run 156 0 2 Testrun procedure for Y takl eee erri tenete EES EAE a ERI GENER EE NEEN 158 6 2 1 System Controller testing iuiii iicet terrre retreat za a an ae iaeei eee e Een dias eO pa ades 160 J Troubleshooting up etes e d e e HERE T red EENS ERRARE ea 165 71 Initial troubleshooting eee eee t ete e et P ave Rak 166 7 1 1 Unit and System controller Power Supply failure een 166 7 1 2 Abnormal operation of the devices restr tnn
279. tances are more than 1 kO it is normal 4 By touching the side of the tester to the N S UI m PS e W terminal of ISPM and the side of the tester to R Gs W s a W s and S of ISPM measure the resistance If all the m3 em zm E A VI zm a resistances are more than 100 KQO it is normal V CS EES E Ne E E SMGB0066 rev 1 03 2010 Checking procedure for main parts 220 Troubleshooting Service Manual Checking the transistor module 1 By touching the side of the tester to the P terminal of ISPM and the side of the tester to U V and W of ISPM measure the resistance If all the resistances are more than 1 kQ it is normal 2 By touching the side of the tester to the P terminal of ISPM and the side of the tester to U V and W of ISPM measure the resistance If all the resistances are more than 100 kQ it is normal 3 By touching the side of the tester to the N terminal of ISPM and the side of the tester to U V and W of ISPM measure the resistance If all the resistances are more than 100 kQ it is normal 4 By touching the side of the tester to the N terminal of ISPM and the side of the tester to U V and W of ISPM measure the resistance If all the resistances are more than 1 kQ it is normal e Procedure using a digital tester HITACHI Inspire the Next E E NL 04 ol peg
280. tat Cut Out activated Excesive water temperature lt 90 C Check Water Temperature and Thermostat state Push reset button for thermostat re start SMGB0066 rev 1 03 2010 Troubleshooting of accessories 228 Spare parts H ITACHI Service Manual Inspire the Next 8 SPARE PARTS CONTENTS 8 1 Spare parts of vutakt cece cece cee ce cece eee ae eee cee e eet ea aaaaeaeeeeceeeeeeeesaeaeaaeaeeeseeeeeeeeeeeeeennseaeees 230 8 1 1 Gycle and estructural EE 230 8 1 2 Electrical parts erg tt deeg eege deg Co reset On Ee e EE Chee be ee EE 231 8 2 Spare parts of accessories EE 233 8 2 1 WEH Water Electric Heater ce ceeeeee eee cece ceaaeae cee ene nennn stein heres stet nne re nr tet en nr tenes sni 233 8 2 2 _DHWT Domestic Hot Water Tank 234 SMGB0066 rev 1 03 2010 Contents 229 Spare parts Service Manual 6 A V HN Cycle and estructural parts 3 SPARE PARTS OF YUTAKI 1 RHUE 1 1 HITACHI 8 8 Inspire the Next Jetzen seem een Aiquiassy ssy 3 duet en ween Aiquiessy Assy uonueg gen Ajquiessv Assy aseg g gen 818409 edid Aen gaang asen 1Pnous agen Aiquiessy Assy enog seddn ogen Aiquessy Assy 18009 een open Arquiessy Assy 119 09 ees veen abing sty
281. temperature and therefore inserting the sensor is the immersion well for boiler 4 temperature displays boiler thermostat and safe temperature guard There is usually space for the sensor in this well sensor cartridge 6 5 mm 50 mm long In order to have good heat transmission between the sensor cartridge and the immersion well the contact strip supplied must be inserted along with the cartridge If there is no space in the well for the sensor another separate well can be used near the aforementioned immersion well 4 3 2 Outside Temperature Sensor Location of device The most important rule for locating the Outdoor Temperature Sensor is that it should have the same temperature wind and solar conditions as the occupied rooms In most cases the Outdoor Temperature Sensor is to be mounted on the coldest side of the building N NW side so as not to be affected by direct sunshine This is to ensure that it will be warm enough in each room of the house Only when the windows of all the rooms to be regulated face in the same direction can the sensor element be mounted onto the outside of this same wall This can also be the south side of the house The Outdoor Temperature Sensor s protective housing prevents the sun s rays from affecting the sensor If the sensor has been mounted on the south SMGB0066 rev 1 03 2010 Mounting the Sensors 77 Controller pack HITACHI Inspire the Next Service Manual side of a house with la
282. tems Controls miss connected or wrongly connected Check connections between System Controller and DHWT Check Voltage 230V between terminals N 3 and N 4 in DHWT Terminals 11 12 from System Controller connected to Terminals 3 4 DHWT respectively Check Power Supply in System Controller Check Voltage 230V between Terminals 7 amp 8 in Relay coils of DHWT Repair connections if required Electric power supply problems in DHWT DHWT has no Power Terminals L N have no voltage 230V ELB CB or Fuse protecting DHWT are activated There is some short circuit wrong connection or any earth leak Check cable connections in DHWT power circuit Repair circuit and replace Fuse or Switch ON ELB CB Check possible miss connections in DHWT power circuit Check cable connections in DHWT power circuit Repair circuit Check Electric Resistances 17 7 Ohms 5 Tolerance Replace Resistances if required Problems in Water Circuit due to low Water Pressure or no Water in Water Circuit Water Pressure 0 1 MPa Check Water Pressure must be gt 0 1MPa Fill Water Circuit with enough pressure 0 1MPa Check if Water Circuit is locked Check if there is Water leaks Check Valves and Water Circuit to ensure water circulation Check Water circuit and repair leaks if exist Problems in Water Circuit due to excesive Water Temperature in Water Circuit Thermos
283. tention do not trap cables when closing the electrical box cover It could cause a electric shock SMGB0066 rev 1 03 2010 Accessories Installation 31 Water pipe installation Service Manual 2 wv WATER PIPE INSTALLATION This chapter provides information about the procedures to perform water piping work connections for Yutaki units CONTENTS 21 en DCH 34 2 2 Piping work connection considerations eee 35 2 2 1 Minimum water volume description enne rennen neret nennen 35 2 2 2 Correction factor due to use of GLYCO 2 c ccccscceeseeceeseesteeecoeeeneeeceeseceesscoes sadesnasvaneeesecensescenessensessoonmedureres 37 2 3 Water ee e ENTE 37 24 Water check valve s oi ete aterert ete Ee SEENEN Eed AR ARC 38 2 5 Accessories hydraulic installation enne 39 254 UR rp eec 39 2 2 WEH Water Electric Hater ccscci ceccaceindecoecesteatecnsesacneseeecsaceds apaatssesaceensassersscea ceateseasaeepescagestaberndeas sree 40 2 5 8 DHWT Domestic Hot Water Tank 42 2 5 4 Water drain discharge Conpechon eee eeeeeae cece eeeaaeaeeeeseaaaaeeeeeesecaeeeeeeseeaeaeeeeeeeeaeeeeeeees 44 HITACHI SMGBO0066 rev 1 03 2010 Contents Inspire the Next 33 Water pipe H ITACH l installation Inspire the Next Service Manual 2 1 GENERAL NOTES 1 Connect all pipes as close as possible to the unit so that disconnection can be easily performed when required 2 It is recommended to use flexible joints for the piping o
284. ter inside hydraulic system it rarely causes deposits of scales or other foreign substances on the equipment However well water or river water should in most cases contain suspended solid matter organic matter and scales in great quantities Therefore such water should be subjected to filtration or to a softening treatment with chemicals before application as chilled water Itis also necessary to analyse the quality of water by checking pH electrical conductivity ammonia ion content sulphur content and others Should the results of the analysis be not good the use of industrial water would be recommended 2 5 3 DHWT Domestic Hot Water Tank Hydraulic circuit When Piping connections are performed 1 2 3 Connect all pipes as close as possible to the unit so that disconnection can be easily performed when required It is recommended to use flexible joints for the piping of water inlet and outlet so vibration will not be transmitted Whenever possible sluice valves should be installed for water piping in order to minimise flow resistance and to maintain sufficient water flow It is recommended to apply ball valves in both water pipe connections to make easier any maintenance work Proper inspection should be performed to check for leaking parts inside and outside the system by completely opening the hot water inlet and outlet valves to the water condenser This DHWT must be fully air purged to avoid heating
285. the figure below Using a blowtorch and previously cooling the pipe side with wet cloth in order to avoid brazing material entering the reversing valve Solenoid Valve SVA1 2 brazing parts Solenoid Valve SVA2 2 brazing parts Perform the brazing to remove and reassemble the solenoid valve Protect the connecting wires and pipe insulation from the brazing flame HITACHI Inspire the Next 7 Remove the flare nuts with two spanners to avoid twisting 8 Reassemble the parts in the reverse order of removing order of removing procedures Fix the solenoid valve SVF as shown in the figure below Brazing LA E ZE E Brazing 9 SMGBO066 rev 1 03 2010 RHUE 3 6 A V HN 253 HITACHI Inspire the Next 9 1 16 Removing electrical components DANGER A Electrical hazard Risk of death Check that the LED201 red located on the inverter module is OFF when opening the P mounting plate Do not touch the electrical components when LED201 Red located on the inverter module is ON in order to avoid an electrical shock 254 Remove the service cover according to section Removing service cover in this chapter Disconnect all the connectors in the PCB Remove the PCB by sliding four 4 holders in the arrow direction Remove the PCB for power distribution of the compressor and the motor Removing the relay PCB Relay PC
286. the program b To enable periods again follow the same procedure as above navigating to the already disabled period To enable this period again press and hold the D button for at least 2 seconds SMGB0066 rev 1 03 2010 System MMI Pack Room unit and RF receiver 141 Controller pack HITACHI Inspire the Next Service Manual 4 22 7 3 Operating Choosing the operating mode The Hitachi room unit can operate in three different modes Automatic Manual or Off To set the operating mode press either of the D or OO buttons The screen indicates which mode is currently active by displaying AUTO MAN or OFF AUTOMATIC a mode sets the Hitachi room unit to follow the built in temperature program default or personalised Operating the Hitachi room unit in this mode is the best way to maintain a high level of temperature comfort whilst maximising your energy savings MANUAL mode sets the Hitachi room unit to act as a simple thermostat with a fixed setpoint throughout the day The setpoint can be adjusted from 5 C to 35 C by using the pa or v buttons The Hitachi room unit will continue to maintain this temperature until another operating mode or temperature is selected OFF D mode sets the Hitachi room unit to control to a minimum temperature setting of 5 C default that acts as a frost protection measure for your home During normal operation Temperature Override During normal operation AUTO AY or mod
287. tic System with DHW DHW controlled by diverting valve Auxiliary DHW electric heater CONF 2 Mono energetic system P1 1 DHW valve P2 0 no secondary pump Example Mono Energetic System with DHW Hydraulic separator or buffer tank Secondary pump for heating system DHW controlled by separate pump Auxiliary DHW electric heater CONF 1 Mono energetic system P1 2 DHW pump P2 1 Secondary pump SMGB0066 rev 1 03 2010 System configurations Controller pack Service Manual HITACHI Inspire the Next 4 5 4 Bi valent Systems Parallel Operation CONF3 e Summary This is a bivalent system where the boiler is configured in parallel with the heat pump A hydraulic separator or buffer tank has to be used to ensure proper hydraulic balancing This system is recommended for retrofit upgrade applications where an existing gas oil boiler will be retained to provide the full heating requirements on the coldest days of the year Important Parameter Settings CONF 3 P1 0 1 2 according to DHW system type P4 heating curve according to building and system characteristics It is also recommended to review all parameter settings and make modifications as required by the installation Example Bi Valent System with DHW DHW controlled by diverting valve Hydraulic separator or buffer tank CONF 3 P121 Example Bi valent Parallel system DHW valve Bi Valent System with DHW Hydraulic separator or buff
288. tion The System Controller has a frost protection function to help prevent the heating system pipe work freezing When the actual outside temperature falls below the parameter P22 the supply water temperature will be maintained at least at the parameter value P21 A switching differential of 1K is applied Outside temperature TEXT P22 Supply Setpoint SSUP determined by heating or DHW demand but always gt P21 Outside temperature TEXT gt P22 1K Supply Setpoint SSUP determined by heating or DHW demand Parameter Settings P21 Frost Protection minimum Supply Temperature default 20 C P22 Frost Protection Activation Temperature default 2 C Enable Disable To disable the system frost protection function set P22 OFF 4 13 2 Automatic Summer Switch Off Function At higher outside temperatures it doesn t make sense to keep heating the building The System Controller will switch the heating off when the average daily outdoor temperature averaged over 24hrs rises above the parameter P26 A control differential of 0 5K is applied Algorithm Average Outside Temperature P26 Summer Switch Off condition is active Average Outside Temperature P26 0 5K Summer Switch Off condition is not active When the Summer Switch Off condition is active the heating is switched off Parameter Settings P26 Summer Switch off Temperature default 20 C Enable Disable To disable the automatic summer switch off funct
289. tion use non inflammable and nontoxic cleaning liquid Oxygen deficiency Toxic gases may be produced Work with sufficient ventilation Working in an enclosed space is dangerous Toxic gas may be produced when cleaning agent is heated to high temperature by e g being exposed to fire Electric shock Electrical hazard In order to avoid electric shock or fire pay attention not to clamp cables when attaching the service cover Electrical hazard Electrical discharge This unit contains condensers that might remain charged once the unit is switched off Wait at least five minutes after the stop of the unit before to start any cleaning or maintenance operation allowing the discharge of the condensers A CAUTION Malfunction Unit failure When installing more than one unit together keep clearance of more than 500 mm between units and avoid obstacles that could hamper air intake Malfunction Short circuit Keep cleareance of more than 3000 mm between the wall without vent holes and air inlet outlet Electromagnetic contamination Equipment failures Install the unit as far as possible being at least 3 meters from electromagnetic wave radiator such as medical equipment Overheat of the unit Malfunction Install the unit in the shade or not exposed to direct sunshine or direct radiation from high temperature heat source Sharp fins Risk of injury Aluminium fins have very sharp edges Pay attention to the fins
290. tric heater can be switched on to raise the supply temperature up to a maximum of 65 C The electric heater control decides whether to switch on one or more of the electric heater stages based on a proportional plus integral action P l control algorithm and the difference between the Electric Heater Setpoint and the Supply Water Temperature TSUP SMGB0066 rev 1 03 2010 Electric heater control functions 110 Controller pack HITACHI Service Manual Inspire the Next The electric heater will only be used when the outdoor temperature is below the bivalence point maximum outdoor temperature for electric heater operation or the electric heater has been manually released after a heat pump fault In addition two further checks are made before the electric heater is allowed to switch on The purpose of these checks are to help ensure that the electric heater only switches on when the heat pump is working at its maximum capacity 1 the Supply Return Difference Check 2 the Electric Heater Return High Limit Check These checks are not carried out if the heat pump is switched off or has an internal fault 7 NOTE The boiler is always enabled when there is DHW loading required Electric Heater Setpoint amp Supply Setpoint Control Offset If the heat pump is switched off or has an internal fault the Electric Heater Setpoint Supply Setpoint SSUP If the heat pump is switched on the water setpoint used fo
291. troubleshooting 173 Troubleshooting HITACHI Inspire the Next Service Manual 7 1 3 Incidents of operation The operation of the heater is bonded to the Yutaki heat pump If that is in default the heater can be activated only if specific programming controller Yutaki is done The heater can be activated by the controller Yutaki under request for additional power or temperature In case of non functioning heater should check That signals to the heat pump function That fuse protection heater in a state That the water pressure is at least 1 bar That the water flow is assured permanently If the above checks are correct Turn off the heater isolating fuses Open the hood of connecting the heater Check the good son tightening supply and command Press firmly on the push rearmament security heat between the 2 relays electrical power to rearm security heat It is possible that safety heater thermal be triggered due to a stoppage of water flow Close the door connecting the heater Switch on the power and restart the heat pump In case of non functioning heater remove the heater and demand its replacement SMGB0066 rev 1 03 2010 Incidents of operation 174 Troubleshooting Service Manual 7 2 TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE e Checking using the 7 segment display 7 seg display info General Indication m E SEG2 a Upper side H H Hi See the following table for details Content
292. try code P 18 A WARNING Electrical hazard Risk of electrical shock Be extremely carefull because of the high voltage Restart the operation Y No Is the Power Supply voltage 400V 10 No Is the voltage over 340V during operation Y Yes Does the voltage fall during Yes the operation because of the operation of other apparatus y No gut Is the LED201 on ISPM ON Is connection correctly Check the wiring and the A cable capacity Frequency can increase higher than 60 Hz Compressor stops immediately Lower than 30 Hz Compressor stops when frequency increases Aprox 30 Hz to 60 Hz How is the compressor operation Faulty ISPM Replace it Put NN between ISPM and reactor No PCL with capacitors CB1 2 or CMC Yes Yes Is the DC voltage over 460V A No gt Connect correctly Faulty gt Replace the capacitors Check capacitors CB1 2 Normal Capacitors have high voltage Be extremely careful 1 y Faulty ISPM Replace it Check the wiring ISPM and Y ui capacitors CB1 2 2 In case the wiring is correct replace the ISPM 1 If the capacitor has a high voltage perform the high voltage discharge pocedure Refer to section RHUE 5 6 AHN Procedure for checking the IS
293. turn High Limit Function The Heat Pump itself ensures good control of the outlet water temperature and switches off the compressor when the return water temperature gets too high However in some circumstances with bi valent systems the boiler may be operating at high supply and return temperatures If the return water temperature to the Heat Pump rises above 65 C it will generate a system fault excessively high water temperature To prevent this happening the System Controller will directly switch off the heat pump if the return temperature rises above a set limit Return water temperature TRET EP13 0 5K Heat Pump is switched off Return water temperature TRET EP13 0 5K Heat Pump may be switched on Parameter Settings EP13 Heat Pump Maximum Return Temperature default 60 C This value should not normally need to be changed 7 NOTE Engineering Parameters EP are only available for service engineers SMGB0066 rev 1 03 2010 Heatpump control functions 105 H ITACH I Controller pack Inspire the Next Service Manual 4 9 5 Heatpump Operating Limits Function Heat Pump operation is only possible within certain temperature ranges as defined below Parameters are provided in order to adjust the working area if required to do so by Hitachi The Heat Pump water temperature setting sent by the System Controller is always constrained to lie between the maximum and minimum limits defined by the operating limit
294. uator manufacturer s technical data pio PHW setpoint e 123 5 Setpoint for the DHW control function 45 65 1 45 C not available if P1 0 DHW differential P11 not available if P120 123 5 DHW control differential 1 10 1 5K DHW supply offset amp Influences how quickly the hot water tank is ER not available if P1 0 123 3 heated 1 e 1 19K Maximum Outdoor Boiler Electric heater will be disabled above P15 Temperature for Boiler 2345 this temperature Heat Pump works on its own 20 20 then 1 oc OFF means the boiler electric heater is always OFF Electric Operation enabled Heat Pump Minimum Heat Pump Operating Limits Defines the lowest 20 P14 Outdoor Temperature 345 possible outside temperature of operation of the 25 then 1 20 C Config 3 4 5 only heat pump OFF P17 Boiler Minimum ON 345 Sets the minimum ON time of the boiler to reduce 1 30 1 2 min Time inefficient short cycling P18 Boiler minimum OFF 345 Sets the minimum OFF time of the boiler to 1 30 1 B min time reduce inefficient short cycling Waiting Time for Boiler Sets the minimum time the controller will wait P19 g 2345 after the heat pump is switched on before using 1 90 1 30 min Electric Heater the boiler or electric heater Minimum Supply S P21 Setpaint during Frost 12345 So the minimum supply water temperature when 44 35 1 20 C the frost protection function is active Protection 20 P22 Frost Protection 12345 Sets the
295. ubleshooting procedure 178 Troubleshooting HITACHI Service Manual Alarm code Description H E ZA h Activation of protection control for excessively high pressure The alarm code is displayed on the PCB s display During normal operation in cooling o heating operation mode the Electronic Control stops and restarts automatically after 3 minutes The Stop alarm appears after 3 retries during 30 minutes This alarm code is displayed when the high pressure Pd is incresed to more than 3 9 MPa during 10 seconds in compressor running frequency more than 40 Hz or This alarm code is displayed when the high pressure Pd is incresed to more than 3 5 MPa during 10 seconds in compressor running frequency lees than 40 Hz PCB monitoring position PCB1 CN4 Retry code P 12 Are connector CN4 on the Printed circuit Board PCB1 and High Pressure Sensor correctly connected Y Yes NN Is DIP switch DSW8 on the No Wiring Check and Repair Printed Circuit Board PCB1 correctly set See Test run procedure for Yutaki for correct setting Y Yes Are High Pressure and Low Pressure shown in segment Yes No Check DIP switch setting and set it correctly as Pd and Ps almost gt See Failure Analysis coincident during compressor stop Y No Is high pressure sensor output character and Low Pressure sensor display value Yes Fail
296. ult Description System Behaviour Remedy FAUL 0 No fault detected System operates normally FAUL 1 No supply water temperature Heat Pump and Boiler or Electric Heater will be Check sensor operation and sensor wiring sensor TSUP or sensor failure disabled No return water temperature The system will continue to operate but the heat FAUL 2 P pump may operate even when the return temperature Check sensor operation and sensor wiring sensor TRET or sensor failure A is too high FAUL 3 No mixed water temperature The mixing valve will close and no heating will be Check sensor operation and sensor wiring sensor TMIX or sensor failure available FAUL 4 No DIEI tempera sensor There will be no DHW tank heating available Check sensor operation and sensor wiring TDHW or sensor failure No outdoor temperature sensor The system will continue to operate but with a fixed S FANES TEXT or sensor failure outdoor temperature of 10 C Check sensor operation ead Sensor wiring System will continue to operate but no room influence D FAUL6 Loss of communications with RF is possible and control will not follow the thermostat Check wiring to RF Receiver Please refer receiver to the RF Receiver installation guide time programme FAUL 7 Lossiot connection to ihe feat The heat pump and electric heater will be disabled Check control wiring to heat pump pump control signal FAUL 8 Water temperature goes above The mixing valve will close to p
297. ump fault 4 9 2 Heatpump Setting Control Signal Function When there is a demand for heating or DHW the System Controller will send to the heat pump a signal for the required Heat Pump outlet temperature The System controller uses the 4 20mA connection to represent the outlet water temperature setpoint The heatpump will modulate the appliance according to its own control strategy to achieve the correct output water temperature Heat Pump Supply Setting C EP7 55 EP6 20 4mA Control Signal 20m A conversion table from water temperature setting to mA signal is provided at the end of this guide Calculation Heat Pump Supply Setting SSUP supply setpoint P31 Heat Pump Sensor Offset The Heat Pump Supply setting is always constrained within the maximum and minimum heat pump supply temperatures These limits depend on the current outside temperature see Heat Pump Operating Limits Heat Pump Sensor Offset is explained in the next section Parameter Settings EP6 Heat Pump Supply Setpoint at 4mA default 20 C EP7 Heat Pump Supply Setpoint at 20mA default 55 C SMGB0066 rev 1 03 2010 Heatpump control functions Controller pack H ITACHI Service Manual Inspire the Next These parameters should only be changed with the approval of the manufacturer 7 NOTE Engineering Parameters EP are only available for service engineers 4 9 3 Heatpump Sensor Offset Fu
298. ure of component on Ps proper during compressor PCB1 Ben PCB1 Stop Output character shown ee in chapter High Pressure Sensor Abnormal Is the voltage between VCCO5T and GND1 on PCB1 5V Refer to Voltage Test Position No Failure of Power Supply Circuit on PCB1 Replace PCB1 Yes Failure of High Pressure Sensor 7 NOTE In case that the low pressure is higher than 2 2 MPa segment shows 2 2 MPa In this case connect a pressure gauge to high pressure check joint check the pressure shown in the gauge SMGB0066 rev 1 03 2010 Troubleshooting procedure Inspire the Next 179 Troubleshooting HITACHI Inspire the Next OSSO Service Manual Alarm code Description JP c f Activation of low pressure control LI oU P The alarm code is displayed on the PCB s display It appears The electronic control displays the alarm during the operation in heathing or cooling mode This alarm code is displayed when the suction pressure Ps is less than 0 1 MPa during 3 seconds PCB monitoring position PCB1 CN3 Is connector CN3 on the X No B Baud Printed circuit Board PCB1 Breaking of wire wrong correctly connected wiring Y Yes Is High Pressure and Low Presure shown in segment gt Short
299. ver in this chapter Remove the air outlet grille according to the section Removing air outlet grille in this chapter Remove the upper cover according to the section Removing upper cover in this chapter Disassembly the fan blade by removing the cap nuts and washers fixing the fan blade onto the motor shaft Upper cover Fan motor Fan components and technical features Motor clamp and wiring fixing position Power supply 380 415V 50Hz PCB5 DC fan motor PCN203 1 3 Fan motor comp CN201 2 3 4 d PCB3 AC Tani dolar PCN404 White Screw for motor DC Fan Motor M6 Screw with spacer x 4 fixing AC Fan Motor M8 Screw x 4 Motor Fan motor clamp lead wire DC fan motor Cable tie AC fan motor SMGBO0066 rev 1 03 2010 HITACHI Inspire the Next 9 243 RHUE 3 6 A V HN HITACHI Inspire the Next 244 9 1 6 Mounting Yutaki fan motor 1 Remove the service cover according to the section Removing service cover in this chapter Remove the air outlet grille according to the section Removing air outlet grille in this chapter Remove the upper cover according to the section Removing upper cover in this chapter Disassembly the fan blade by removing the cap nuts and washers fixing the fan blade onto the motor shaft If the fan blade get stuck when trying to remove it use a puller to
300. vice Manual 4 12 MIXING VALVE CONTROL FUNCTIONS 4 12 1 Mixing Valve Control Configuration Specific This function only applies to configuration 4 CONF 4 Function When heating is required the System Controller controls the mixing valve so that the mixed water temperature is close to the Supply Setpoint The mixing valve position is calculated with a proportional plus integral action P l control algorithm based on the difference between the Supply Setpoint and mixed water temperature TMIX Desired Mixing Valve Position PI function Supply Setpoint TRET The System Controller then decides how much to open or close the mixing valve to achieve the desired position of the valve This is dependent on the running time of the actuator used on the valve The running time is defined as the time it takes to drive the valve from the fully closed to the fully open position Typically this can be between 1 and 4 minutes Parameter Setting P9 Mixing Valve Runtime default 120 sec EP1 Mixing Valve Integral factor default 2 5 The installer should set the parameter p9 based on his selection of actuator and mixing valve The value for EP1 has been chosen based on laboratory tests and it is not recommended to change it OH NOTE Engineering Parameters EP are only available for service engineers 4 12 2 Mixing Bypass Valve Control Configuration Specific This function only applies to configuration 5
301. washers Wall fixing support Selection procedure for YUTAKI units 7 NOTE WEH appliance must be installed in an indoor place WEH installation must be done by professional installers Install the WEH with sufficient clearance around it for operation and maintenance as shown in the following figures Install the WEH where good ventilation is available Do not install the WEH where there is a high level of oil mist salty air or sulphurous atmosphere When installing some device next to WEH keep clearance between WEH and any other obstacle of more than 500mm SMGB0066 rev 1 03 2010 Accessories Installation Unit installation HITACHI Service Manual Inspire the Next A CAUTION Insufficient ventilation Can cause oxygen deficiency Working with insufficient ventilation in an enclosed space can produce toxic gas especially when cleaning agent is heated to high temperature by e g being exposed to fire Do not install WEH near any flammable substance Place provision 1 Eo UU eu UUU gar i
302. wired directly to the System Controller Sensor Pack e 3x Water Temperature Sensors x 1x Outside Temperature Sensor Water Tertiperatura uci Sensors connect directly to System Controller Sensor 4 1 5 Quick start installation steps A O09 Select which type of system you wish to install Determine where the various system components should be installed Mount the system components for System Controller and Sensors see installation instructions in the System MMI Pack Connect the Sensors RF Receiver heat pump and other system components to the System Controller according to your selected system configuration Change installer parameters on the System Controller according to your selected system configuration Review settings and time temperature profile on the Room Unit see installation instructions in the System MMI Pack Test the system Show end user how to operate the Room Unit Leave literature pack with the end user SMGB0066 rev 1 03 2010 System configuration settings and control system Controller pack Service Manual 4 1 6 Abbreviations amp terminology Mono Valent One heating source electric Heat Pump Mono Energetic One energy source electric Heat Pump and electric heater Bi Valent Two heating sources electric Heat Pump and gas oil Boiler OTC Outside Temperature Compensated Control DHW Domestic Hot Water Zone 1 The main heating loop controlled by the System Controller
303. work with test plugs directed downwards This position ensures optimum protection efficiency and is the best for testing the valve Shutt off valves should be fitted on each side of the check valve for easier and faster valve testing The installation location should be protected against frost and be easily accessible 2 5 ACCESSORIES HYDRAULIC INSTALLATION 2 5 1 Pump kit Pump kit assembly co Name Service Cover 1 Name Packing Qty 2 Service Cover 2 Water pipe 1 eeels Plate Heat Exchanger Assembly Water pipe 2 Assembly eeeelz Water Pump SMGB0066 rev 1 03 2010 Accessories hydraulic installation 39 Water pipe H ITACH l installation Inspire the Next Service Manual Remove service cover 1 item 1 and service cover 2 item 2 Unscrew the nut of the plate heat exchanger assembly item 3 and the nut of the water pipe 2 assembly item 6 in order to disassemble water pipe1 item 5 from the Yutaki unit Separate the packings item 4 to make possible to remove the water pipe1 item 5 Put the packings and connect the water pump item 7 to the Yutaki unit and screw again the nut of the plate heat exchanger assembly item 3 and the nut of the water pipe 2 assembly item 6
304. xchangers However well water or river water may in most cases contain suspended solid matter organic matter and scales in great quantities Therefore such water should be subjected to filtration or softening treatment with chemicals before its use as heat transporter in Yutaki unit SMGB0066 rev 1 03 2010 Water control 37 Water pipe H ITACH l installation Inspire the Next Service Manual The following table shows the reference values fo the most important parameters concerning the quality of the water Water System Tendency em Clreuladna Natr Supply Water Corrosion Deposits of scales 20 C Less than Standard quality pH 25 C 6 8 8 0 6 8 8 0 9 9 Electrical conductivity mS m 25 C Less than 40 Less than 30 A A uS cm 25 C 2 Less than 400 Less than 300 Chlorine lon mg CI 7 1 Less than 50 Less than 50 9 Sulphur acid lon mg SO42 A Less than 50 Less than 50 9 Theamount pea i pH 4 8 Less than 50 Less than 50 9 Total hardness mg CaCO3 I Less than 70 Less than 70 9 Calcium hardness mg CaCO3 I Less than 50 Less than 50 9 Silica L mg SIO2 0 Less than 30 Less than 30 9 ibt LOO Pel Less than 1 0 Less than 0 3 9 9 Total copper mg Cu l Less than 1 0 Less than 0 1 9 Sulphur ion mg S2 I It shall not be detected 9 Ammonium ion mg NH4 I Less than 1 0 Less than 0 1 9 Remaining chlorine mg CI I Less than 0 3 Less than 0 3 9 Floating car
305. y default condition Should it be necessary to reset the controller to the factory default condition press the and buttons together during the D power on cycle Remember to re select the desired hydraulic configuration and set the necessary installation parameters e Adjusting the time To adjust only the time during normal operation use the or J buttons to adjust the time and press the green button again to confirm any changes SMGB0066 rev 1 03 2010 Troubleshooting of control system 225 HITACHI Inspire the Next 226 7 5 2 System MMI Pack Troubleshooting Service Manual Symptom Possible cause Remedy The Hitachi room unit has a blank LCD screen Batteries not installed Check to see if there are batteries in the battery coMPartment and the paper tab has been removed Incorrect battery orientation Check that the batteries have been installed in the correct orientation Exhausted batteries Replace with new batteries The Hitachi room unit shows a flashing symbol on the LCD screen Batteries are exhausted and need replacing Replace with new batteries The Hitachi room unit shows a flashing symbol on the LCD screen Fault in Hitachi room unit Remove and re insert the batteries in the Hitachi room unit If the symbol does not clear itself in a few minutes call the installer The Hitachi room unit s LCD display works but the heating does not sw
306. yed when the frequency of the compressor is maintained at 15 18 Hz after the compressor is started one of the absolute values of the running current at each phase U U V and V is less than 1 5A including 1 5A Retry code P 17 A WARNING Electrical hazard Risk of electrical shock Before checking and replacing the inverter parts perform the high voltage discharge procedure by referring to section Checking procedure for main parts Restart the operation Power supply cables for the The compressor stops compressor are not passing inmediatelly through CT Pass the wires nearly 18Hz Fe through CT How is the compressor gt Replace the ISPM or DIP IPM operation when you restart the compressor Compressor does not Le operate P17 is displayed Is the coil resistance of the compressor normal Yes l No Are the outputs of the ISPM No Replace the compressor Replace the ISPM or DIP IPM and or DIP IPM correct SMGB0066 rev 1 03 2010 Troubleshooting procedure 204 Troubleshooting Service Manual HITACHI Inspire the Next Alarm code Description Z AL Activation of protection for inverter instantaneous over current 1 The alarm code is displayed on the PCB s display The compressor stops and restarts automatically in 3 minutes

YUTAKI SERIES

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents